BLUENRG-132

BlueNRG-1 Bluetooth® low energy wireless system-on-chip Datasheet - production data       Features                   Bluetooth low energy single mode systemon-chip compliant with its specifications:  master, slave and multiple simultaneous roles Operating supply voltage: from 1.7 to 3.6 V Integrated linear regulator and DC-DC step-down converter Operating temperature range: -40 °C to 105 °C High performance, ultra-low power Cortex-M0 32-bit based architecture core Programmable 160 kB Flash 24 kB RAM with retention (two 12 kB banks) 1 x UART interface 1 x SPI interface 2 x I²C interface 14 or 15 GPIO 2 x multifunction timer 10-bit ADC Watchdog and RTC DMA controller PDM stream processor 16 or 32 MHz crystal oscillator 32 kHz crystal oscillator December 2017        32 kHz ring oscillator Battery voltage and temperature sensors Average advertisement current consumption 15.34 µA (advertisement interval 1000 ms) – 1 year, 8 months, 19 days with 230 mAh battery (CR2032) Average connection current consumption 7.059 µA (connection interval 1000 ms) – 3 years, 10 months, 12 days with 230 mAh battery (CR2032) ST companion integrated balun/filter chips are available Up to +8 dBm available output power (at antenna connector) Excellent RF link budget (up to 96 dB) Accurate RSSI to allow power control 8.3 mA TX current (@ -2 dBm, 3.0 V) Down to 1 µA current consumption with active BLE stack (sleep mode) Suitable for building applications compliant with the following radio frequency regulations: ETSI EN 300 328, EN 300 440, FCC CFR47 Part 15, ARIB STD-T66 Pre-programmed bootloader via UART QFN32, WCSP34 package options Applications           Watches Fitness, wellness and sports Consumer medical Security/proximity Remote control Home and industrial automation Assisted living Mobile phone peripherals Lighting PC peripherals DocID028866 Rev 5 This is information on a product in full production. 1/184 www.st.com Contents BlueNRG-1 Contents 1 Description..................................................................................... 11 2 BlueNRG-1 Bluetooth low energy stack ...................................... 13 3 Functional details .......................................................................... 15 3.1 Core ................................................................................................ 15 3.2 Interrupts ......................................................................................... 15 3.3 Memories ........................................................................................ 17 3.4 Power management ........................................................................ 17 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 2/184 3.4.1 State description ............................................................................... 17 3.4.2 Power saving strategy ...................................................................... 19 3.4.3 System controller registers ............................................................... 19 Clocks and reset management........................................................ 21 3.5.1 Reset management .......................................................................... 22 3.5.2 Reset and wake-up reason decoding ............................................... 25 3.5.3 Switching to external clock ............................................................... 25 3.5.4 Clock and reset registers .................................................................. 26 ADC ................................................................................................ 30 3.6.1 Introduction ....................................................................................... 30 3.6.2 Functional overview .......................................................................... 30 3.6.3 ADC registers ................................................................................... 34 DMA ................................................................................................ 38 3.7.1 Introduction ....................................................................................... 38 3.7.2 Functional overview .......................................................................... 39 3.7.3 DMA registers ................................................................................... 45 SPI .................................................................................................. 55 3.8.1 Introduction ....................................................................................... 55 3.8.2 Functional overview .......................................................................... 55 3.8.3 SPI registers ..................................................................................... 60 UART .............................................................................................. 67 3.9.1 Introduction ....................................................................................... 67 3.9.2 Functional description....................................................................... 68 3.9.3 UART registers ................................................................................. 75 I2C ................................................................................................... 88 3.10.1 Introduction ....................................................................................... 88 3.10.2 Functional description....................................................................... 89 3.10.3 I²C registers ...................................................................................... 91 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Contents 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 Flash controller.............................................................................. 106 3.11.1 Flash controller introduction ........................................................... 106 3.11.2 Flash controller functional description ............................................ 106 3.11.3 Flash controller registers ................................................................ 109 GPIO ............................................................................................. 111 3.12.1 Introduction ..................................................................................... 111 3.12.2 Functional description..................................................................... 111 3.12.3 GPIO registers ................................................................................ 114 MFT ............................................................................................... 118 3.13.1 MFT introduction ............................................................................. 118 3.13.2 MFT functional description ............................................................. 119 3.13.3 MFT registers ................................................................................. 128 Watchdog ...................................................................................... 132 3.14.1 Introduction ..................................................................................... 132 3.14.2 Functional description..................................................................... 132 3.14.3 Watchdog registers......................................................................... 133 RTC ............................................................................................... 135 3.15.1 Introduction ..................................................................................... 135 3.15.2 Functional description..................................................................... 135 3.15.3 RTC registers ................................................................................. 138 RNG .............................................................................................. 145 3.16.1 Introduction ..................................................................................... 145 3.16.2 Functional description..................................................................... 145 3.16.3 RNG registers ................................................................................. 145 3.17 PDM stream processor ................................................................. 146 3.18 System timer (SysTick) ................................................................. 146 3.19 Public key accelerator (PKA)......................................................... 146 3.19.1 PKA functional description ............................................................. 146 3.19.2 PKA registers .................................................................................. 147 3.20 TX/RX event alert .......................................................................... 149 3.21 SWD debug feature ....................................................................... 149 3.21.1 3.22 Debugging tips ................................................................................ 150 Bluetooth low energy radio ............................................................ 150 3.22.1 Radio operating modes .................................................................. 150 3.23 Pre-programmed bootloader ......................................................... 151 3.24 Unique device serial number ......................................................... 151 DocID028866 Rev 5 3/184 Contents BlueNRG-1 4 Pin description ............................................................................ 152 5 6 Memory mapping ......................................................................... 156 Application circuit ....................................................................... 158 7 Absolute maximum ratings and thermal data ........................... 161 8 General characteristics ............................................................... 162 9 Electrical specifications .............................................................. 163 9.1 Electrical characteristics ................................................................ 163 9.1.1 9.2 RF general characteristics ............................................................ 165 9.3 RF transmitter characteristics........................................................ 165 9.4 RF receiver characteristics ............................................................ 166 9.5 High speed crystal oscillator characteristics .................................. 167 9.5.1 10 Peripheral current consumption ..................................................... 164 High speed crystal oscillator ........................................................... 167 9.6 Low speed crystal oscillator characteristics .................................. 169 9.7 High speed ring oscillator characteristics ...................................... 169 9.8 Low speed ring oscillator characteristics ....................................... 169 9.9 N-fractional frequency synthesizer characteristics ........................ 169 9.10 Auxiliary block characteristics ....................................................... 170 Package information ................................................................... 173 10.1 QFN32 package information ......................................................... 174 10.2 WLCSP34 package information .................................................... 176 11 PCB assembly guidelines ........................................................... 178 12 Ordering information................................................................... 180 13 Revision history .......................................................................... 181 4/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 List of tables List of tables Table 2: BlueNRG-1 interrupt vectors ....................................................................................................... 16 Table 3: Relationship between BlueNRG-1 states and functional blocks ................................................ 19 Table 4: SYSTEM_CTRL registers ........................................................................................................... 19 Table 5: SYSTEM_CTRL - WKP_IO_IS register description: address offset SYSTEM_CTRL_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ...................................................................................................... 20 Table 6: SYSTEM_CTRL - WKP_IO_IE register description: address offset SYSTEM_CTRL_BASE_ADDR+0x04 ...................................................................................................... 20 Table 7: SYSTEM_CTRL - CTRL register description: address offset SYSTEM_CTRL_BASE_ADDR+0x08 ...................................................................................................... 20 Table 8: AHBUPCONV registers .............................................................................................................. 20 Table 9: BLUE_CTRL registers ................................................................................................................ 21 Table 10: CKGEN_SOC registers ............................................................................................................ 26 Table 11: CKGEN_SOC - REASON_RST register description: address offset CKGEN_SOC_BASE_ADDR+0x08 ......................................................................................................... 26 Table 12: CKGEN_SOC - DIE_ID register description: address offset CKGEN_SOC_BASE_ADDR+0x1C ......................................................................................................... 27 Table 13: CKGEN_SOC - CLOCK_EN register description: address offset CKGEN_SOC_BASE_ADDR+0x20 ......................................................................................................... 27 Table 14: CKGEN_SOC - DMA_CONFIG register description: address offset CKGEN_SOC_BASE_ADDR+0x24 ......................................................................................................... 27 Table 15: CKGEN_BLE registers ............................................................................................................. 28 Table 16: CKGEN_BLE - REASON_RST register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x08 .......................................................................................................... 29 Table 17: CKGEN_BLE - CLK32K_COUNT register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x0C .......................................................................................................... 29 Table 18: CKGEN_BLE - CLK32K_PERIOD register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x10 .......................................................................................................... 29 Table 19: CKGEN_BLE - CLK32K_FREQ register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x14 .......................................................................................................... 30 Table 20: CKGEN_BLE - CLK32K_IT register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x18 .......................................................................................................... 30 Table 21: ADC channels ........................................................................................................................... 31 Table 22: ADC data rate ........................................................................................................................... 31 Table 23: ADC parameter settings ........................................................................................................... 32 Table 24: Output data rate with microphone ............................................................................................ 32 Table 25: ADC registers............................................................................................................................ 34 Table 26: ADC - CTRL register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ........................... 35 Table 27: ADC - CONF register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x04 .......................... 36 Table 28: ADC - IRQSTAT register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x08..................... 37 Table 29: ADC - IRQMASK register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x0C ................... 37 Table 30: ADC - DATA_CONV register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x14 .............. 37 Table 31: ADC - OFFSET register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x18 ...................... 37 Table 32: ADC - SR_REG register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x20 ..................... 38 Table 33: ADC - THRESHOLD_HI register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x24 ........ 38 Table 34: ADC - THRESHOLD_LO register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x28 ....... 38 Table 35: Programmable data width and endian behavior (when bits PINC = MINC = 1) ....................... 41 Table 36: DMA interrupt requests ............................................................................................................. 44 Table 37: DMA registers ........................................................................................................................... 45 Table 38: DMA - ISR register description: address offset DMA_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ............................. 45 Table 39: DMA - IFCR register description: address offset DMA_BASE_ADDR+0x04 ........................... 49 Table 40: DMA_CHx registers .................................................................................................................. 53 Table 41: DMA_CHx - CCR register description: address offset DMA_CHX_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ......... 53 Table 42: DMA_CHx - CNDTR register description: address offset DMA_CHX_BASE_ADDR+0x04 .... 54 DocID028866 Rev 5 5/184 List of tables BlueNRG-1 Table 43: DMA_CHx - CPAR register description: address offset DMA_CHX_BASE_ADDR+0x08 ....... 54 Table 44: DMA_CHx - CMAR register description: address offset DMA_CHX_BASE_ADDR+0x0C ..... 55 Table 45: SPI pin assignments ................................................................................................................. 55 Table 46: SPI clock phase and clock polarity ........................................................................................... 56 Table 47: SPI_OUT endianness ............................................................................................................... 57 Table 48: SPI_IN endianness ................................................................................................................... 57 Table 49: SPI registers ............................................................................................................................. 60 Table 50: SPI - CR0 register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ................................. 61 Table 51: SPI - CR1 register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x04 ................................. 62 Table 52: SPI - DR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x08 ................................... 64 Table 53: SPI - SR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x0C .................................. 64 Table 54: SPI - CPSR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x10 .............................. 64 Table 55: SPI - IMSC register description. Address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x14. ............................. 65 Table 56: SPI - RIS register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x18 .................................. 65 Table 57: SPI - MIS register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x1C ................................. 65 Table 58: SPI - ICR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x20 .................................. 66 Table 59: SPI - DMACR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x24........................... 66 Table 60: SPI – RXFRM register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x28 .......................... 66 Table 61: SPI – CHN register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x2C ............................... 66 Table 62: SPI – WDTXF register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR + 0x30 ........................ 67 Table 63: SPI - ITCR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x80 ............................... 67 Table 64: SPI – TDR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x8C ............................... 67 Table 65: RX FIFO errors ......................................................................................................................... 68 Table 66: Typical baud rates with OVSFACT = 0 ..................................................................................... 70 Table 67: Typical baud rates with OVSFACT = 1 ..................................................................................... 70 Table 68: Control bits to enable and disable hardware flow control ......................................................... 71 Table 69: Control bits to enable and program receive software flow control............................................ 72 Table 70: Control bits to enable and program transmit software flow control .......................................... 73 Table 71: UART registers ......................................................................................................................... 76 Table 72: UART - DR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x00........................... 77 Table 73: UART - RSR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x04 ........................ 77 Table 74: UART - TIMEOUT register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x0C ............... 78 Table 75: UART - FR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x18 ........................... 78 Table 76: UART - LCRH_RX register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x1C .............. 79 Table 77: UART - IBRD register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x24 ....................... 80 Table 78: UART - FBRD register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x28 ...................... 80 Table 79: UART - LCRH_TX register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x2C ............... 81 Table 80: UART - CR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x30........................... 82 Table 81: UART - IFLS register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x34 ........................ 83 Table 82: UART - IMSC register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x38 ....................... 83 Table 83: UART - RIS register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x3C ......................... 84 Table 84: UART - MIS register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x40 ......................... 85 Table 85: UART - ICR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x44 .......................... 86 Table 86: UART - DMACR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x48 .................. 87 Table 87: UART - XFCR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x50 ...................... 87 Table 88: UART - XON1 register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x54 ...................... 88 Table 89: UART - XON2 register description. Address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x58. .................... 88 Table 90: UART - XOFF1 register description. Address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x5C. .................. 88 Table 91: UART - XOFF2 register description. Address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x60. ................... 88 Table 92: I2Cx registers ............................................................................................................................ 91 Table 93: I2C - CR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ................................. 92 Table 94: I2C - SCR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x04 .............................. 94 Table 95: I2C2 - MCR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x0C ........................... 94 Table 96: I2C - TFR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x10 ............................... 95 Table 97: I2C - SR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x14 ................................. 96 6/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 List of tables Table 98: I2C - RFR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x18 .............................. 97 Table 99: I2C - TFTR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x1C ............................ 97 Table 100: I2C - RFTR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x20 ........................... 98 Table 101: I2C - DMAR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x24 .......................... 98 Table 102: I2C - BRCR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x28 .......................... 98 Table 103: I2C - IMSCR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x2C ........................ 98 Table 104: I2C - RISR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x30 ......................... 100 Table 105: I2C - MISR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x34 ......................... 103 Table 106: I2C - ICR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x38 ............................ 104 Table 107: I2C - THDDAT register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x4C .................. 105 Table 108: I2C - THDSTA_FST_STD register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x50 .. 105 Table 109: I2C - TSUSTA_FST_STD register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x58 .. 105 Table 110: Flash commands .................................................................................................................. 108 Table 111: Flash interface timing ............................................................................................................ 108 Table 112: FLASH controller registers .................................................................................................... 109 Table 113: FLASH – COMMAND register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x00 .... 109 Table 114: FLASH – CONFIG register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x04 ......... 109 Table 115: FLASH - IRQSTAT register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x08 ........ 109 Table 116: FLASH - IRQMASK register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x0C ....... 110 Table 117: FLASH - IRQRAW register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x10 ......... 110 Table 118: FLASH – SIZE register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x14 ............... 110 Table 119: FLASH – ADDRESS register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x18 ...... 110 Table 120: FLASH – DATA0 register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x40 ............ 111 Table 121: FLASH – DATA1 register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x44 ............ 111 Table 122: FLASH – DATA2 register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x48 ............ 111 Table 123: FLASH – DATA3 register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x4C ........... 111 Table 124: IO functional map .................................................................................................................. 112 Table 125: GPIO interrupt modes ........................................................................................................... 112 Table 126: Pin characteristics ................................................................................................................. 113 Table 127: IO pull values ........................................................................................................................ 113 Table 128: GPIO registers ...................................................................................................................... 114 Table 129: GPIO – DATA register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ................... 115 Table 130: GPIO – OEN register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x04 ..................... 115 Table 131: GPIO – PE register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x08 ........................ 115 Table 132: GPIO – DS register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x0C ....................... 115 Table 133: GPIO – IS register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x10 ......................... 116 Table 134: GPIO – IBE register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x14 ....................... 116 Table 135: GPIO – IEV register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x18 ....................... 116 Table 136: GPIO – IE register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x1C......................... 116 Table 137: GPIO – MIS register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x24 ...................... 116 Table 138: GPIO – IC register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x28 ......................... 116 Table 139: GPIO - MODE0 register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x2C ................ 116 Table 140: GPIO – MODE1 register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x30 ................ 117 Table 141: GPIO – DATS register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x3C .................. 117 Table 142: GPIO – DATC register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x40 ................... 118 Table 143: GPIO - MFTX register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x44.................... 118 Table 144: MFT modes ........................................................................................................................... 119 Table 145: MFT IO functions .................................................................................................................. 127 Table 146: MFT interrupt functions ......................................................................................................... 128 Table 147: MFTX registers ..................................................................................................................... 129 Table 148: MFTX – TNCNT1 register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ............. 129 Table 149: MFTX – TNCRA register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x04 .............. 129 Table 150: MFTX – TNCRB register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x08 .............. 129 Table 151: MFTX – TNCNT2 register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x0C ............ 129 Table 152: MFTX – TNPRSC register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x10 ............ 129 Table 153: MFTX - TNCKC register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x14 ............... 130 DocID028866 Rev 5 7/184 List of tables BlueNRG-1 Table 154: MFTX - TNMCTRL register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x18 .......... 130 Table 155: MFTX - TNICTRL register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x1C ............ 131 Table 156: MFTX - TNICLR register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x20 ............... 131 Table 157: Watchdog interrupt interval ................................................................................................... 132 Table 158: WDG registers ...................................................................................................................... 133 Table 159: WDG - LR register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ......................... 133 Table 160: WDG - VAL register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x04 ....................... 133 Table 161: WDG - CR register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x08......................... 134 Table 162: WDG - ICR register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x0C ....................... 134 Table 163: WDG - RIS register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x10 ........................ 134 Table 164: WDG - MIS register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x14 ....................... 134 Table 165: WDG - LOCK register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0xC00 ................. 135 Table 166: RTC modes ........................................................................................................................... 136 Table 167: RTC registers ........................................................................................................................ 138 Table 168: RTC - CWDR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ..................... 139 Table 169: RTC - CWDMR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x04 .................. 139 Table 170: RTC - CWDLR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x08 ................... 140 Table 171: RTC - CWYR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x0C ..................... 141 Table 172: RTC - CWYMR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x10................... 141 Table 173: RTC - CWYLR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x14.................... 141 Table 174: RTC - CTCR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x18....................... 141 Table 175: RTC - IMSC register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x1C ....................... 142 Table 176: RTC - RIS register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x20 ........................... 142 Table 177: RTC - MIS register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x24. ......................... 143 Table 178: RTC - ICR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x28 .......................... 143 Table 179: RTC – TDR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x2C ........................ 143 Table 180: RTC - TCR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x30 ......................... 143 Table 181: RTC – TLR1 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x34 ....................... 144 Table 182: RTC – TLR2 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x38 ....................... 144 Table 183: RTC – TPR1 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x3C ...................... 144 Table 184: RTC – TPR2 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x40....................... 144 Table 185: RTC – TPR3 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x44....................... 144 Table 186: RTC – TPR4 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x48....................... 144 Table 187: RTC – TIN register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x4C ......................... 144 Table 188: RNG registers ....................................................................................................................... 145 Table 189: RNG – CR register description: address offset RNG_BASE_ADDR+0x00 ......................... 145 Table 190: RNG – SR register description: address offset RNG_BASE_ADDR+0x04 .......................... 146 Table 191: RNG – VAL register description: address offset RNG_BASE_ADDR+0x08 ........................ 146 Table 192: PKA RAM data location ........................................................................................................ 147 Table 193: PKA registers ........................................................................................................................ 147 Table 194: PKA – CSR register description: address offset PKA_BASE_ADDR+0x00......................... 148 Table 195: PKA – ISR register description: address offset PKA_BASE_ADDR+0x04 .......................... 148 Table 196: PKA – IEN register description: address offset PKA_BASE_ADDR+0x08 .......................... 149 Table 197: SWD port .............................................................................................................................. 150 Table 198: Pinout description ................................................................................................................. 154 Table 199: Memory mapping .................................................................................................................. 156 Table 200: External component list ........................................................................................................ 160 Table 201: Absolute maximum ratings ................................................................................................... 161 Table 202: Thermal data ......................................................................................................................... 161 Table 203: Recommended operating conditions .................................................................................... 162 Table 204: Electrical characteristics ....................................................................................................... 163 Table 205: Digital I/O specifications ....................................................................................................... 164 Table 206: Peripheral current consumption ............................................................................................ 164 Table 207: RF general characteristics .................................................................................................... 165 Table 208: RF transmitter characteristics ............................................................................................... 165 8/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 List of tables Table 209: RF receiver characteristics ................................................................................................... 166 Table 210: High speed crystal oscillator characteristics ......................................................................... 167 Table 211: Low speed crystal oscillator characteristics .......................................................................... 169 Table 212: High speed ring oscillator characteristics ............................................................................. 169 Table 213: Low speed ring oscillator characteristics .............................................................................. 169 Table 214: N-Fractional frequency synthesizer characteristics .............................................................. 170 Table 215: Auxiliary block characteristics ............................................................................................... 170 Table 216: QFN32 (5 x 5 x 1 pitch 0.5 mm) mechanical data ................................................................ 175 Table 217: WLCSP34 (2.66 x 2.56 x 0.5 pitch 0.4 mm) mechanical data .............................................. 177 Table 218: Flip Chip CSP (2.71 x 2.58 x 0.5 pitch 0.4 mm) package reflow profile recommendation ... 178 Table 219: Ordering information ............................................................................................................. 180 Table 220: Document revision history .................................................................................................... 181 DocID028866 Rev 5 9/184 List of figures BlueNRG-1 List of figures Figure 1: BlueNRG-1 architecture ............................................................................................................ 11 Figure 2: BlueNRG-1 bus architecture ...................................................................................................... 12 Figure 3: BlueNRG-1 single chip RF software layers ............................................................................... 13 Figure 4: BlueNRG-1 network processor RF software layers................................................................... 14 Figure 5: BlueNRG- power management state machine .......................................................................... 17 Figure 6: Clock tree................................................................................................................................... 21 Figure 7: Reset and wake-up generation.................................................................................................. 23 Figure 8: BlueNRG-1 power-up sequence ............................................................................................... 24 Figure 9: Reset circuit ............................................................................................................................... 24 Figure 10: ADC block diagram .................................................................................................................. 31 Figure 11: DMA request mapping in BlueNRG-1 ..................................................................................... 45 Figure 12: MicroWire master and slave communication ........................................................................... 60 Figure 13: UART character frame............................................................................................................. 69 Figure 14: Hardware flow control between two similar devices ................................................................ 71 Figure 15: PWM signal............................................................................................................................ 120 Figure 16: MFT mode 1 block diagram ................................................................................................... 121 Figure 17: MFT mode 1a block diagram ................................................................................................. 122 Figure 18: MFT mode 2 block diagram ................................................................................................... 124 Figure 19: MFT mode 3 block diagram ................................................................................................... 125 Figure 20: MFT mode 4 block diagram ................................................................................................... 126 Figure 21: BlueNRG-1 pin-out top view (QFN32) ................................................................................... 152 Figure 22: BlueNRG-1 ball out top view (WCSP34) ............................................................................... 153 Figure 23: BlueNRG-1 ball out bottom view (WCSP34) ......................................................................... 154 Figure 24: Application circuit: active DC-DC converter QFN32 package ............................................... 158 Figure 25: Application circuit: non-active DC-DC converter QFN32 package ........................................ 158 Figure 26: Application circuit: active DC-DC converter WCSP34 package ............................................ 159 Figure 27: Application circuit: non active DC-DC converter WCSP34 package ..................................... 159 Figure 28: High speed oscillator block diagram ...................................................................................... 168 Figure 29: QFN32 (5 x 5 x 1 pitch 0.5 mm) package outline .................................................................. 174 Figure 30: QFN32 (5 x 5 x 1 pitch 0.5 mm) package detail "A" ............................................................. 175 Figure 31: WLCSP34 (2.66 x 2.56 x 0.5 pitch 0.4 mm) package outline ................................................ 176 Figure 32: Flip Chip CSP (2.71 x 2.58 x 0.5 pitch 0.4 mm) package reflow profile recommendation .... 178 10/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 1 Description Description The BlueNRG-1 is a very low power Bluetooth low energy (BLE) single-mode system-onchip, compliant with Bluetooth specifications. The BlueNRG-1 extends the features of award-winning BlueNRG network processor, enabling the usage of the embedded Cortex M0 to run the user's application code. The BlueNRG-1 includes 160 kB of programming Flash memory, 24 kB of static RAM memory with retention (two 12 kB banks) and SPI, UART, I²C standard communication interface peripherals. It also features multifunction timers, watchdog, RTC and DMA controller. An ADC is available to interface with analog sensors, and to read the measurement of the integrated battery voltage sensor. A digital filter is available to process a PDM stream. The BlueNRG-1 offers the same excellent RF performance of the BlueNRG radio, and the integrated high efficiency DC-DC converter keeps the same ultra-low power characteristics, but the BlueNRG-1 improves the BlueNRG sleep mode current consumption allowing a further increase in the battery lifetime of the applications. Figure 1: BlueNRG-1 architecture DocID028866 Rev 5 11/184 BlueNRG-1 Description Figure 2: BlueNRG-1 bus architecture SWD A P B 12/184 AHB-APB Bridge CM0 SPI FLASH (160 KB) 2 x I2C RAM (24 KB) UART 2 x MFT A H B DMA 2.4 GHz radio WDG RNG RTC ADC GPIOs PKA DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 2 BlueNRG-1 Bluetooth low energy stack BlueNRG-1 Bluetooth low energy stack The BlueNRG-1 is complemented with a Bluetooth low energy stack C library that provides:       Master, slave role support GAP: central, peripheral, observer or broadcaster roles ATT/GATT: client and server SM: privacy, authentication and authorization. L2CAP Link layer: AES-128 encryption and decryption The BlueNRG-1 can be configured to support single-chip or network processor applications. In the first configuration, the BlueNRG-1 operates as single device in the application for managing both the application code and the Bluetooth low energy stack. The whole Bluetooth low energy stack is provided as object code in a single library file whereas the GATT low energy profiles are provided as object codes in separate libraries. Figure 3: "BlueNRG-1 single chip RF software layers" shows the single-chip RF software layers. Figure 3: BlueNRG-1 single chip RF software layers The BlueNRG-1 can be configured for operating as a network coprocessor. In this case a dedicated firmware is provided for supporting the interface with an external application DocID028866 Rev 5 13/184 BlueNRG-1 BlueNRG-1 Bluetooth low energy stack processor. The whole Bluetooth low energy stack runs in the BlueNRG-1; the GATT profiles are provided for running in the application processor together with the application code. Below figure shows the network processor RF software layers. Figure 4: BlueNRG-1 network processor RF software layers 14/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 3 Functional details Functional details The BlueNRG-1 integrates the blocks listed below:           Cortex M0 core Interrupt management 160 kB Flash memory 24 kB of RAM with two retention options (12 kB or 24 kB) Power management Clocks Bluetooth low energy radio Random number generator (RNG) (it is reserved to Bluetooth low energy protocol stack, but user application can read it) Public key cryptography (PKA) (reserved to Bluetooth low energy protocol stack) Peripherals:  SPI interface  UART interface  I²C bus interface  GPIO  Multifunction timer  DMA controller  Watchdog  RTC  ADC with battery voltage sensor and temperature sensor  PDM stream processor The main blocks are described in the following subsection. 3.1 Core The ARM® Cortex®-M0 processor has been developed to provide a low-cost platform that meets the needs of MCU implementation, with a reduced pin count and low-power consumption, while delivering outstanding computational performance and an advanced system response to interrupts. The ARM® Cortex®-M0 32-bit RISC processor features exceptional code-efficiency, delivering the high-performance expected from an ARM core in the memory size usually associated with 8-bit and 16-bit devices. The BlueNRG-1 has an embedded ARM core and is therefore compatible with all ARM tools and software. 3.2 Interrupts The Cortex-M0 nested vector interrupt controller (NVIC) handles interrupts. The NVIC controls specific Cortex-M0 interrupts (address 0x00 to 0x3C) as well as 32-user interrupts (address 0x40 to 0xBC). In the BlueNRG-1 device, the user interrupts are connected to the interrupt signals of the different peripherals. DocID028866 Rev 5 15/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 2: BlueNRG-1 interrupt vectors Position Priority Description Address Initial main SP 0x0000_0000 -3 Fixed Reset handler 0x0000_0004 -2 Fixed NMI handler 0x0000_0008 -1 Fixed HardFault handler 0x0000_000C RESERVED 0x0000_000C – 0x0000_0028 SVC handler 0x0000_002C RESERVED 0x0000_0030 - 0x0000_0034 3 16/184 Priority type Settable 5 Settable PendSV handler 0x0000_0038 6 Settable SystemTick handler 0x0000_003C 0 Init 0 Settable GPIO interrupt 0x0000_0040 1 Init 0 Settable FLASH controller interrupt 0x0000_0044 2 Init 0 Settable RESERVED 0x0000_0048 3 Init 0 Settable RESERVED 0x0000_004C 4 Init 0 Settable UART interrupt 0x0000_0050 5 Init 0 Settable SPI interrupt 0x0000_0054 6 Init 0 CRITICAL BLE controller interrupt 0x0000_0058 7 Init 0 Settable Watchdog interrupt 0x0000_005C 8 Init 0 Settable RESERVED 0x0000_0060 9 Init 0 Settable RESERVED 0x0000_0064 10 Init 0 Settable RESERVED 0x0000_0068 11 Init 0 Settable RESERVED 0x0000_006C 12 Init 0 Settable RESERVED 0x0000_0070 13 Init 0 Settable ADC interrupt 0x0000_0074 14 Init 0 Settable I2C 2 interrupt 0x0000_0078 15 Init 0 Settable I2C 1 interrupt 0x0000_007C 16 Init 0 Settable RESERVED 0x0000_0080 17 Init 0 Settable MFT1 A interrupt 0x0000_0084 18 Init 0 Settable MFT1 B interrupt 0x0000_0088 19 Init 0 Settable MFT2 A interrupt 0x0000_008C 20 Init 0 Settable MFT2 B interrupt 0x0000_0090 21 Init 0 Settable RTC interrupt 0x0000_0094 22 Init 0 Settable PKA interrupt 0x0000_0098 23 Init 0 Settable DMA interrupt 0x0000_009C 24 – 31 Init 0 Settable RESERVED 0x0000_00A0 – 0x0000_00BC DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 3.3 Functional details Memories The memory subsystem consists of 160 kB Flash memory and two banks of 12 kB ultra-low leakage static RAM blocks. The 160 kB Flash memory is available to the user and can be accessed per 32-bit for read access and per 32-bit for write access (with 4x32-bit FIFO). The access to the static RAM can be as bytes, half words (16 bits) or words (32 bits). A 12 kB RAM block is always in retention mode, whereas the second 12 kB RAM block is switchable and can be put in retention mode according to the user needs. 3.4 Power management The BlueNRG-1 integrates both a low dropout voltage regulator (LDO) and a step-down DC-DC converter to supply the internal BlueNRG-1 circuitry. The BlueNRG- most efficient power management configuration is with DC-DC converter active where best power consumption is obtained without compromising performances. Nevertheless, a configuration based on LDO can also be used, if needed. A simplified version of the state machine is shown below. Figure 5: BlueNRG- power management state machine 3.4.1 State description 3.4.1.1 Preactive state The preactive state is the default state after a POR event. In this state:    3.4.1.2 All the digital power supplies are stable. The high frequency clock runs on internal fast clock RC oscillator (16 MHz). The low frequency clock runs on internal RC oscillator (32.768 kHz). Active state In this state: DocID028866 Rev 5 17/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details  The high frequency runs on the accurate clock (16 MHz ±50 ppm) provided by the external XO. The internal fast clock RO oscillator is switched off. If the external XO is at 32 MHz, some specific programming are needed, see Section 3.5.3: "Switching to external clock". 3.4.1.3 Standby state In this state:  Only the digital power supplies necessary to keep the RAM in retention are used. The wake-up from this low power state is driven by the following sources:      IO9 IO10 IO11 IO12 IO13a If they have been programmed as wake-up source in the system controller registers. 3.4.1.4 Sleep state In this state:   Only the digital power supplies necessary to keep the RAM in retention are used. The low frequency oscillator is switched on. The wake-up from this low power state is driven by the following sources:      IO9 IO10 IO11 IO12 IO13a If they have been programmed as wake-up source in the system controller registers and from the internal timers of the BLE radio. 3.4.1.5 IO wake-up sources The IOs programmed to be wake-up sources need an external drive according to the selected level sensitivity. If the wake-up level is high level, a pull-down drive should be used. If the wake-up level is low level, a pull-up drive should be used. If no external drive is applied, IO9, IO10 and IO11 are only sensitive to low level as they have an internal pull-up (activated by default). IO12 and IO13 do not have an internal pull and therefore require an external drive. 3.4.1.6 Wake up time The wake-up time is typically 200 µs at 3.0 V and a temperature of 25´°C. a 18/184 Not available on WCSP34. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 3.4.2 Functional details Power saving strategy The application power saving strategy is based on clock stopping, dynamic clock gating, digital power supply switch off and analog current consumption minimization. A summary of functional blocks versus the BlueNRG-1 states is provided below. Table 3: Relationship between BlueNRG-1 states and functional blocks Functional blocks RESET STANDBY SLEEP Preactive Active LOCK RX/ LOCK TX RX TX LDO_SOFT_1V2 or LDO_SOFT_0V9 OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON LDO_STRONG_1V2 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON LDO_DIG_1V8 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON SMPS OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON LDO_DIG_1V2 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON BOR OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 16 MHz RO OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 16 MHz XO OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON 32 kHz RO or XO OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 3.4.3 System controller registers SYSTEM_CTRL peripheral base address (SYSTEM_CTRL_BASE_ADDR) 0x40200000. Table 4: SYSTEM_CTRL registers Address offset 0x00 Name WKP_IO_IS RW RW Reset Description 0x00000000 Level selection for wake-up IO (1 bit for IO). 0: The system wakes up when IO is low. 1: The system wakes up when IO is high. 0x04 WKP_IO_IE RW 0x00000007 Enables the IO that wakes up the device (1 bit for IO). 0: The wake-up feature on the IO is disabled. 1: The wake-up feature on the IO is enabled. 0x08 CTRL RW 0x00000000 XO frequency indication is provided by the application. Refer to the detailed description below. DocID028866 Rev 5 19/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 5: SYSTEM_CTRL - WKP_IO_IS register description: address offset SYSTEM_CTRL_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 4:0 LEVEL_SEL 0x00 RW Selects the active wake-up level for the five IOs. 0: The system wakes up when IO is low. 1: The system wakes up when IO is high. One bit by IO: Bit0: IO9 Bit1: IO10 Bit2: IO11 Bit3: IO12 Bit4: IO13 31:5 RESERVED 0x00 RW RESERVED Table 6: SYSTEM_CTRL - WKP_IO_IE register description: address offset SYSTEM_CTRL_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 4:0 IO_WAKEUP_EN 0x07 RW Enables the IOs to be wake-up source. 0: Wake up on the IO disabled. 1: Wake up on the IO enabled. One bit by IO: Bit0: IO9 Bit1: IO10 Bit2: IO11 Bit3: IO12 Bit4: IO13 31:5 RESERVED 0x00 RW RESERVED Table 7: SYSTEM_CTRL - CTRL register description: address offset SYSTEM_CTRL_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 MHZ32_SEL 0x0 RW Indicates the crystal frequency used in the application. 0: The 16 MHz is selected. 1: The 32 MHz is selected. 31:1 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED AHBUPCONV peripheral base address (AHBUPCONV_BASE_ADDR) 0x40C00000. Table 8: AHBUPCONV registers Address offset Name RW Reset Description 0x00 COMMAND RW 0x00000000 AHB up/down converter command register BLUE_CTRL peripheral base address (BLUE_CTRL_BASE_ADDR) 0x48000000. 20/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 9: BLUE_CTRL registers Address offset Name RW Reset Description 0x04 TIMEOUT RW 0x00000000 Timeout programming register 0x0C RADIO_CONFIG RW 0x00000000 Radio configuration register All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.5 Clocks and reset management The BlueNRG-1 embeds an RC low-speed frequency oscillator at 32 kHz and an RO highspeed frequency oscillator at 16 MHz. The low-frequency clock is used in low power mode and can be supplied either by a 32.7 kHz oscillator that uses an external crystal and guarantees up to ±50 ppm frequency tolerance, or by a ring oscillator with maximum ±500 ppm frequency tolerance, which does not require any external components. The primary high-speed frequency clock is a 16 MHz or 32 MHz crystal oscillator. A faststarting 16 MHz ring oscillator provides the clock while the crystal oscillator is starting up. Frequency tolerance of high-speed crystal oscillator is ±50 ppm. The usage of the 16 MHza (or 32 MHz) crystal is strictly necessary for RF communications. The clock tree for the peripherals is as follows: Figure 6: Clock tree a For constraints related to the 16 MHz high-speed crystal usage, refer to the BlueNRG-1 DK SW release notes. DocID028866 Rev 5 21/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details When 32 MHz XO is used, the Cortex-M0, the DMA and the APB tree (except for BLE radio access) run at 32 MHz. The rest of the clock tree is divided by two and is at 16 MHz. The following clocks can be enabled/disabled by software to implement optimal power consumption:                  DMA BLE controller BLE clock generator RNG Flash controller GPIO System controller UART SPI I2C1a I2C2 ADC MFT1 MFT2 RTC WDG PKA By default, all the peripheral APB and AHB clocks are enabled, except for the PKA peripheral. The following clocks are enabled/disabled automatically:   3.5.1 Processor clock (disabled in sleep mode) RAM clock (disabled if processor clock, SPI clock and BLE clock are all disabled) Reset management Figure 7: "Reset and wake-up generation" shows the general principle of reset. Releasing the Reset pin puts the chip out of shutdown state. The wakeup logic is powered and receives the POR. Each time the wake-up controller decides to exit sleep or standby modes, it will generate a reset for the core logic. The core logic can also be reset by:    Watchdog Reset request from the processor (system reset) LOCKUP state of the Cortex-M0 The SWD logic is reset by the POR. It is important to highlight that reset pin actually power down chip, so it is not possible to perform debug access with system under reset. a 22/184 The I2C1 is not available in WLCSP34 package. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Figure 7: Reset and wake-up generation If, for any reason, the users would like to power off the device there are two options: 1. 2. Force RESETN pin to ground, keeping VBAT level To put VBAT pins to ground (e.g. via a transistor) In the second option, care must be taken to ensure that no voltage is applied to any of the other pins since device can be powered and having an anomalous power consumption. ST recommendation is to use RESETN whenever it is possible. 3.5.1.1 Power-on-Reset The Power-on-Reset (POR) signal is the combination of the POR signal and the BOR signal generated by the analog circuitry contained in the BlueNRG-1 device. The combination of these signals is used to generate the input to the Cortex-M0, which is used to reset the debug access port (DAP) of the processor. It is also used to generate the signal, which resets the debug logic of the Cortex-M0. The POR signal also resets the TAP controller of the BlueNRG-1 and a part of the Flash controller (managing the Flash memory boot, which does not need to be impacted by system resets). The BOR is disabled by default, see the BlueNRG-1, BlueNRG-2 BLE stack programming guidelines (PM0257) to enable it. 3.5.1.2 Power-on-sequence The starting sequence of the BlueNRG-1 supply and reset signal is shown below. DocID028866 Rev 5 23/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Figure 8: BlueNRG-1 power-up sequence     The VBATx power must only be raised when RESETN pin is driven low. The different VBATx (x=1..3) power can be raised separately or together. The internal POR is released once internal LDOs are established and RCO clock is ready. The system starts on RCO 16 MHz clock system. The software is responsible for configuring the XO 16/32 MHz when necessary. Note that: the minimum negative pulse to reset the system must be at least 30 µs. The POR circuit is powered by a 1.2 V regulator, which must also be powered up with the correct startup sequence. Before VBAT has reached the nominal value, RESETN line must be kept low. An external RC circuit on RESETN pin will add a delay that can prevent RESETN signal from going high before VBAT has reached the nominal value. Figure 9: Reset circuit 24/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details If the above conditions are not satisfied, ST cannot guarantee the correct operation of the device. 3.5.1.3 Watchdog reset The BlueNRG-1 contains a watchdog timer, which may be used to recover from software crashes. The watchdog contains a 32-bit down counter, which generates an interrupt, if the interrupt is not serviced, the watchdog will generate a reset. The watchdog reset resets the Flash controller, the Cortex-M0 and all its peripherals but it does not reset the debug circuitry of the Cortex-M0. 3.5.1.4 System reset request The system reset request is generated by the debug circuitry of the Cortex-M0. The debugger writes to the SYSRESETREQ bit of the “application interrupt and reset control register” (AIRCR). This system reset request through AIRCR register can also be done by embedded software. The system reset request does not affect the debugger, thus allowing the debugger to remain connected during the reset sequence. 3.5.1.5 Lock-up reset The Cortex-M0 generates an output LOCKUP that indicates that the core is in a deliberate lock-up state resulting from an unrecoverable exception. The LOCKUP signal is used to generate a reset in the BlueNRG-1, which affects the Cortex-M0, the Flash controller and all the peripherals. The LOCKUP signal does not reset the Cortex-M0 debug circuitry and it is not generated if a debugger is connected. 3.5.2 Reset and wake-up reason decoding The BlueNRG-1 provides a set of registers to identify the reason behind a reset and wakeup generation. Two registers are used: CKGEN_SOC->REASON_RST and CKGEN_BLE->REASON_RST. The possible reasons are listed below: 1. 2. 3.5.3 If the register CKGEN_SOC->REASON_RST = 0, according to the CKGEN_BLE>REASON_RST the possible reasons are: a. Wake-up from IO9, IO10, IO11, IO12, IO13. b. Wake-up from internal timer: BLE timer 1 or BLE timer 2. c. POR or BOR If the register CKGEN_SOC->REASON_RST is not 0, according to its value the possible reasons are: a. System reset b. Watchdog reset c. Lockup reset. Switching to external clock When the system is in preactive state (run from internal RO 16 MHz), the software sequence to switch to active should include switch to external XO. When the system uses an external XO at 32 MHz instead of 16 MHz, the following steps need to be performed: 1. 2. Set the bitfield MHZ32_SEL of register SYSTEM_CTRL for the digital part. In the preactive state, inform the analog part of the external XO 32 MHz and send the request to switch to ACTIVE2 state: uint8_t config[] = { 0x02, 0x3A, 0x44, 0x02, 0x34, 0x1B, 0x00}; BLUE_CTRL->RADIO_CONFIG = 0x10000 | (uint16_t) ( (uint32_t)config & DocID028866 Rev 5 25/184 Functional details 3. 4. BlueNRG-1 0x0000FFFF ); while((BLUE_CTRL->RADIO_CONFIG & 0x10000) != 0); Wait until the state machine is in the active state by using the following routine: while(CKGEN_BLE->CLK32K_IT == 0); CKGEN_BLE->CLK32K_IT = 1; CKGEN_BLE->CLK32K_COUNT = 23; CKGEN_BLE->CLK32K_PERIOD = 0; Only after switching to the active state, write 0x15 in the COMMAND register of the AHBUPCONV peripheral. Around 10 system clock cycles after this last write, the system will run at 32 MHz except for specific blocks requiring a fixed 16 MHz. The application can make the bus and the core run at 16 MHz by writing 0x14 in the COMMAND register of AHBUPCONV peripheral. 3.5.4 Clock and reset registers CKGEN_SOC peripheral base address (CKGEN_SOC_BASE_ADDR) 0x40900000. Table 10: CKGEN_SOC registers Address offset Name RW Reset Description 0x08 REASON_RST R 0x00000000 Indicates the reset reason from CortexM0. Refer to the detailed description below 0x1C DIE_ID(1) R 0x00000111 Identification information of the device. Refer to the detailed description below 0x20 CLOCK_EN RW 0x0003FFFF Enable or gates the APB clock of the peripherals. Refer to the detailed description below 0x24 DMA_CONFIG RW 0x00000000 DMA config. Refer to the detailed description below Notes: (1)It depends on cut version. Table 11: CKGEN_SOC - REASON_RST register description: address offset CKGEN_SOC_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 1 SYSREQ 0x0 R Reset caused by Cortex-M0 debug asserting SYSRESETREQ 2 WDG 0x0 R Reset caused by assertion of watchdog reset 3 LOCKUP 0x0 R Reset caused by Cortex-M0 asserting LOCKUP signal 31:4 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 26/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 12: CKGEN_SOC - DIE_ID register description: address offset CKGEN_SOC_BASE_ADDR+0x1C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 3:0 REV 0x1 R Cut revision 7:4 VERSION 0x01 R Cut version 11:8 PRODUCT 0x01 R Product 31:12 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 13: CKGEN_SOC - CLOCK_EN register description: address offset CKGEN_SOC_BASE_ADDR+0x20 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 GPIO 0x1 RW GPIO clock 1 NVM 0x1 RW Flash controller clock 2 SYSCTRL 0x1 RW System controller clock 3 UART 0x1 RW UART clock 4 SPI 0x1 RW SPI clock 6:5 RESERVED 0x3 RW RESERVED 7 WDOG 0x1 RW Watchdog clock 8 ADC 0x1 RW ADC clock 9 I2C1 0x1 RW I2C1 clock 10 I2C2 0x1 RW I2C2 clock 11 MFT1 0x1 RW MFT1 clock 12 MFT2 0x1 RW MFT2 clock 13 RTC 0x1 RW RTC clock 15:14 RESERVED 0x3 RW RESERVED 16 DMA 0x1 RW DMA AHB clock 17 RNG 0x1 RW RNG AHB clock 18 PKA 0x0 RW PKA AHB clock 19 PKA RAM 0x0 RW PKA RAM clock 31:20 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 14: CKGEN_SOC - DMA_CONFIG register description: address offset CKGEN_SOC_BASE_ADDR+0x24 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 ADC_CH0 0x0 RW Select ADC on DMA channel 0 instead of peripheral 1 ADC_CH1 0x0 RW Select ADC on DMA channel 1 instead of peripheral 2 ADC_CH2 0x0 RW Select ADC on DMA channel 2 instead of peripheral DocID028866 Rev 5 27/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 3 ADC_CH3 0x0 RW Select ADC on DMA channel 3 instead of peripheral 4 ADC_CH4 0x0 RW Select ADC on DMA channel 4 instead of peripheral 5 ADC_CH5 0x0 RW Select ADC on DMA channel 5 instead of peripheral 6 ADC_CH6 0x0 RW Select ADC on DMA channel 6 instead of peripheral 7 ADC_CH7 0x0 RW Select ADC on DMA channel 7 instead of peripheral 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Only one DMA channel for the ADC should be selected at time. Hardware does not prevent to select more than one DMA channel for ADC. CKGEN_BLE peripheral base address (CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR) 0x48100000. Table 15: CKGEN_BLE registers Address offset Name RW Reset Description 0x08 REASON_RST R 0x00000005 Indicates the reset reason from BLE. Refer to the detailed description below 0x0C CLK32K_COUNT RW 0x0000000F Counter of 32 kHz clock. Refer to the detailed description below 0x10 CLK32K_PERIOD R 0x00000000 Period of 32 kHz clock. Refer to the detailed description below 0x14 CLK32K_FREQ R 0x00000000 Measurement of frequency of 32 kHz clock. Refer to the detailed description below 0x18 CLK32K_IT RW 0x00000000 Interrupt event for 32 kHz clock measurement. Refer to the detailed description below 28/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 16: CKGEN_BLE - REASON_RST register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RESERVED 0x1 R RESERVED 1 BOR 0x0 R Reset from BOR 2 POR 0x1 R Reset from POR 3 WKP_IO9 0x0 R Wake-up from external IO9 4 WKP_IO10 0x0 R Wake-up from external IO10 5 WKP_IO11 0x0 R Wake-up from external IO11 6 WKP_IO12 0x0 R Wake-up from external IO12 7 WKP_IO13 0x0 R Wake-up from external IO13 8 WKP_BLUE 0x0 R Wake-up comes from the timer 1 expiration in the wake-up control block of the BLE radio 10 WKP2_BLUE 0x0 R Wake-up comes from the timer 2 expiration in the wake-up control block of the BLE radio 31:11 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 17: CKGEN_BLE - CLK32K_COUNT register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 8:0 SLOW_COUNT 0xF RW Program the window length (in slow clock period unit) for slow clock measurement 31:9 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 18: CKGEN_BLE - CLK32K_PERIOD register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x10 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 18:0 SLOW_PERIOD 0x0 R Indicates slow clock period information. The result provided in this field corresponds to the length of SLOW_COUNT periods of the slow clock (32 kHz) measured in 16 MHz half-period unit. The measurement is done automatically each time the device enters in active2 mode using SLOW_COUNT = 16. A new calculation can be launched by writing zero in CLK32K_PERIOD register. In this case, the time window uses the value programmed in SLOW_COUNT field 31:19 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 29/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 19: CKGEN_BLE - CLK32K_FREQ register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x14 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 26:0 SLOW_FREQ 0x0 R Value equal to 239 / SLOW_PERIOD 31:27 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 20: CKGEN_BLE - CLK32K_IT register description: address offset CKGEN_BLE_BASE_ADDR+0x18 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 CLK32K_MEAS_IRQ 0x0 RW When read, provides the status of the interrupt indicating slow clock measurement is finished: 0: No pending interrupt. 1: Pending interrupt. When written, clears the interrupt: 0: No effect. 1: Clear the interrupt. 31:1 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.6 ADC 3.6.1 Introduction The BlueNRG-1 integrates a 10-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC) for sampling an external signal. Main features are:      3.6.2 Sampling frequency 1 MHz One channel in single ended or differential input through the pins ADC1 and ADC2 Temperature and battery voltage sensors The conversion are either continuous or single step acquisition An integrated digital filter is used to process a PDM data stream from a MEMS microphone Functional overview The figure below shows a top diagram of the ADC. 30/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Figure 10: ADC block diagram Several channels are available for the conversion, the CHSEL selects the channel according to Table 21: "ADC channels". Table 21: ADC channels CHSEL Channels description 0 All switch open. No input 1 Single ended through ADC2 pin. InP = Vbias (internal), InN = ADC2 pin 2 Single ended through ADC1 pin. InP = ADC1 pin, InN = Vbias (internal) 3 Differential ADC1 pin – ADC2 pin. InP = ADC1 pin, InN = ADC2 pin 4 Temperature sensor. InN=TEMP, InP = 0.6 V (internal) 5 Battery voltage sensor. InN = VBATSENS, InP = 0.6 V (internal) 6 Short. InP = InN = 0.6 V (internal) The conversion can be single (CONT = 0) or continuous (CONT = 1). In continuous mode, the conversion runs with a pre-programmed sampling rate, while in single step mode the ADC performs a conversion and then stops. The output data rate depends on the setting of OSR according to the following table. Table 22: ADC data rate OSR Output data rate [Ksample/s] 0 (200) 5 1 (100) 10 2 (64) 15.625 3 (32) 31.25 The setting of the oversampling ratio (OSR) must be done according to the frequency of the input signal (AC), while for DC signals, the best performance is with OSR = 200. In order to achieve the best performance within the selected input voltage range, the DocID028866 Rev 5 31/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details attenuation value must be set through the corresponding register PGASEL value, as in the following table. Table 23: ADC parameter settings Vin range [V] Vbias [V] Attenuation [dB] REFSEL value PGASEL value [0, 1.2] 0.6 0 2 0 [0, 2.4] 0.6 6.02 2 1 [0, 3.6] 0.6 9.54 2 2 The system can work in conjunction with an external MEMS microphone by setting MIC_SEL. In this mode, an IO configured as PDM_CLK provides the clock to the external microphone, while an IO configured as PDM_DATA received the PDM stream from the external microphone. The external clock is 1.6 MHz (DIG_FILT_CLK = 0) or 0.8 MHz (DIG_FILT_CLK = 1). The output data rate changes with the OSR according to Table 24: "Output data rate with microphone". Table 24: Output data rate with microphone DIG_FILT_CLK OSR Output data rate [Ksample/s] 0 (200) 4 1 (100) 8 2 (64) 12.5 3 (32) 25 0 (200) 8 1 (100) 16 2 (64) 25 3 (32) 50 1 (clock = 0.8 MHz) 0 (clock = 1.6 MHz) 3.6.2.1 ADC start conversion The ADC both analog and digital sub-system are switched on by setting ADCON and SWSTART. The conversion operation consists of four phases. 1. 2. 3. 4. 32/184 The wake-up phase lasts 6 µs, is present at the beginning of a single acquisition, with the goal to let the analog system to settle before to start the acquisition. If the CALEN is set, a calibration phase is performed. It permits to compensate the offset in the analog part. The conversion status is tracked by SR status register. At the beginning of the conversion the BUSY bit is set and masks any attempt to change CONF, up to the end of the conversion. At end of this conversion, the ENDCAL flag is generated and the OFFSET register is written with the converted offset voltage. The acquisition phase is regulated by a timeout depending on the resolution. In this phase, digital filter chain processes the data coming from ADC. The elaboration phase is at the end of the timeout, the data obtained at the output of the digital filter is written in the DATA register. If the calibration is on, the output of the digital filter is de-embedded considering the content of the OFFSET register. Furthermore, the ADCEOC flag is generated to warn about the end of conversion. If ENAB_COMP bit is set, the WDOG flag is generated to warn that the result of the conversion is between a high THRESHOLD_HI and low threshold THRESHOLD_LO. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details It is always advisable to set the register field CALEN in order to perform automatic calibration for each measurement. 3.6.2.2 ADC offset The ADC can automatically correct the offset error. To enable the automatic offset correction the CALEN and the OFFSET_UPDATE must be set. The result of the last calibration is stored in the OFFSET register. The correction of the offset can be also done manually, for example by making a conversion of the internal channel InP = InN = 0.6 V and after that, writing the result of conversion in the OFFSET register. 3.6.2.3 ADC conversion The relationship between differential input voltage and ADCRAW code (first 16-bit MSB of ADC_CONV register) depends on a limited set of parameters: the digital reference voltage VREF, the PGA value, and a scaling factor. Differential mode 𝑉𝐴𝐷𝐶12(𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑡) = 𝑉𝐴𝐷𝐶1 − 𝑉𝐴𝐷𝐶2 = (1 + 𝑃𝐺𝐴𝑆𝐸𝐿) ∗ ( 𝐴𝐷𝐶𝑅𝐴𝑊 ) ∗ 𝑉𝑅𝐸𝐹 𝐹𝑆_16(𝑂𝑆𝑅) With:     PGASEL is the input attenuation register, values: 0, 1 or 2. ADCRAW is the value ADC_CONV[31:16]. FS_16(OSR) is the full scale factor for ADCRAW it depends on the oversampling ratio (OSR):  FS_16(32) = FS_16(64) = 16708  FS_16(100) = FS_16(200) = 19450 VREF represents the digital core power supply, typical VREF value is 2.4 V. Single-ended mode 𝑉𝐴𝐷𝐶1(𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑡) = (1 + 𝑃𝐺𝐴𝑆𝐸𝐿) ∗ (𝑉𝑏𝑖𝑎𝑠 + ( 𝐴𝐷𝐶𝑅𝐴𝑊 ) ∗ 𝑉𝑅𝐸𝐹 𝐹𝑆_16(𝑂𝑆𝑅) 𝑉𝐴𝐷𝐶2(𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑡) = (1 + 𝑃𝐺𝐴𝑆𝐸𝐿) ∗ (𝑉𝑏𝑖𝑎𝑠 − ( 𝐴𝐷𝐶𝑅𝐴𝑊 ) ∗ 𝑉𝑅𝐸𝐹 𝐹𝑆_16(𝑂𝑆𝑅) With:      PGASEL is the input attenuation register, values: 0, 1 or 2. ADCRAW is the value ADC_CONV[31:16]. FS_16(OSR) is the full scale factor for ADCRAW it depends on the oversampling ratio (OSR):  FS_16(32) = FS_16(64) = 16708  FS_16(100) = FS_16(200) = 19450 VREF represents the digital core power supply, typical VREF value is 2.4 V. Vbias is given by the register REFSEL, with a typical value of 0.6 V. Battery voltage sensor 𝑉𝐵𝐴𝑇𝑇(𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑡) = 𝐾𝐵𝐴𝑇𝑇 ∗ (𝑉𝑏𝑖𝑎𝑠 − ( 𝐴𝐷𝐶𝑅𝐴𝑊 𝐹𝑆_16(𝑂𝑆𝑅) ) ∗ 𝑉𝑅𝐸𝐹) DocID028866 Rev 5 33/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details This mode enables the monitoring of the battery voltage VBATT, through an internal resistive bridge. With:      ADCRAW is the value ADC_CONV[31:16]. FS_16(OSR) is the full scale factor for ADCRAW it depends on the oversampling ratio (OSR):  FS_16(32) = FS_16(64) = 16708.  FS_16(100) = FS_16(200) = 19450 VREF represents the digital core power supply, typical VREF value is 2.4 V. Vbias is given by the register REFSEL, with a typical value of 0.6 V. KBATT is 4.36. Temperature sensor This mode enables the monitoring of the temperature by means of an internal sensor, with the following voltage to temperature conversion: 𝑉𝑇𝐸𝑀𝑃(°𝐶) = 𝐾𝑇𝐶 ∗ (𝑉𝑏𝑖𝑎𝑠 − ( 𝐴𝐷𝐶𝑅𝐴𝑊 ) ∗ 𝑉𝑅𝐸𝐹) + 𝑂𝐹𝐹𝑆𝐸𝑇𝑇𝐶 𝐹𝑆_16(𝑂𝑆𝑅) With:       ADCRAW is the value ADC_CONV[31:16]. FS_16(OSR) is the full scale factor for ADCRAW it depends on the oversampling ratio (OSR):  FS_16(32) = FS_16(64) = 16708  FS_16(100) = FS_16(200) = 19450 VREF represents the digital core power supply, typical VREF value is 2.4 V. Vbias is given by the register REFSEL, with a typical value of 0.6 V. KTC is 401 OFFSETTC is -267 °C To ensure an accurate temperature reading, average the value over several reads. 3.6.3 ADC registers ADC peripheral base address (ADC_BASE_ADDR) 0x40800000. Table 25: ADC registers 34/184 Address offset Name RW Reset Description 0x00 CTRL RW 0x00000000 ADC control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 CONF RW 0x0000000C ADC configuration register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x08 IRQSTAT R 0x00000000 IRQ masked status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x0C IRQMASK RW 0x0000000F It sets the mask for ADC interrupt. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x14 DATA_CONV R 0x00000000 Result of the conversion in two complement format. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Address offset Name RW Reset Description 0x18 OFFSET RW 0x00000000 Offset for correction of converted data 0x20 SR_REG RW 0x00000000 ADC status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x24 THRESHOLD_HI RW 0xFFFFFFFF High threshold for window comparator. 0x28 THRESHOLD_LO RW 0x00000000 Low threshold for window comparator. Table 26: ADC - CTRL register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 ON 0x0 RW Starts ADC analog subsystem. This bit must be set before starting a conversion. 0: ADC is OFF. 1: ADC is ON. 1 CALEN 0x0 RW Enables the calibration phase when set to 1. This bit is cleared and the calibration is disabled by setting the RSTCALEN bit. 2 SWSTART 0x0 RW Starts the ADC conversion phase when set. 3 RESET 0x0 RW Reset all the ADC registers when set. This bit is autocleared by the hardware so it is always read at 0 4 STOP 0x0 RW Permits the continuous conversion to be stopped. 0: continuous conversion is enabled but SWSTART and ADCON bits must be set. 1: stop the continuous conversion and switch off the ADC. This bit is auto-cleared by the hardware so it is always read at 0. 5 ENAB_COMP 0x0 RW Enables the window comparator when set to 1. WDOG flag is ADC_SR register is set if the converted value is between THRESHOLD_HI and THRESHOLD_LO value. RW Disable the calibration phase when set to 1. This bit has to be set to disable the calibration each time calibration is enabled. This bit is auto-cleared by the hardware so it is always read at 0. 6 RSTCALEN 0x0 7 AUTO_OFFSET 0x0 RW Enables the update of OFFSET register. 0: OFFSET register is not updated. 1: OFFSET register is updated. 8 MIC_ON 0x0 RW Enables the filter chain for voice when set to 1. 0: Filter chain is disabled. 1: Filter chain is enabled. 9 DMA_EN 0x0 RW Enables the DMA. 0: DMA is disabled. 1: DMA is enabled. 31:10 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 35/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 27: ADC - CONF register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 3:1 CHSEL 0x6 RW Select the input channel: 000b: All switches open. 001b: Single ended through ADC2 pin. InP = Vbias (internal), InN = ADC2 pin. 010b: Single ended through ADC1 pin. InP = ADC1 pin, InN = Vbias (internal). 011b: Differential ADC1 pin - ADC2 pin, InP = ADC1 pin, InN = ADC2 pin. 100b: Temperature sensor. InP = 0.6 V (internal), InN = TEMP. 101b: Battery voltage sensor. InP = 0.6 V (internal), InN = VBATSENS. 110b: Short InN = InP = 0.6 V (internal). 5:4 REFSEL 0x0 RW Set the Vbias for single ended conversion: 00b: 0.0 V (default value not recommended) 10b: 0.6 V (suggested value) Set the oversampling ratio. 00b: Set the oversampling ratio to 200(1) 7:6 36/184 OSR 0x0 RW 01b: Set the oversampling ratio to 100 10b: Set the oversampling ratio to 64 11b: Set the oversampling ratio to 32 9:8 PGASEL 0x0 RW Set the input attenuator value: 000b: Input attenuator at 0 dB 001b: Input attenuator at 6.02 dB 010b: Input attenuator at 9.54 dB 10 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 11 CONT 0x0 RW Enable the continuous conversion mode: 0: Single conversion 1: Continuous conversion 17:12 RESERVED 0x00 RW RESERVED 18 SKIP 0x0 RW It permits the filter COMP to be bypassed to speed up the conversion for signal at low frequency: 0: Filter not bypassed 1: Filter bypassed 19 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 20 DIG_FILT_CLK 0x0 RW Frequency clock selection value on GPIO0 when MIC_SEL=1: 0: 1.6 MHz 1: 0.8 MHz 21 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 22 MIC_SEL 0x0 RW Provides the clock on GPIO: 0: Do not provided any external clock source 1: Provide clock source from GPIO 31:23 RESERVED 0x000 WR RESERVED Notes: (1)Best value for sampling DC signals. Table 28: ADC - IRQSTAT register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 ENDCAL 0x0 R 1: when the calibration is completed. Clear on register read. 1 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 2 EOC 0x0 R 1: when the conversion is completed. Clear on register read. 3 WDOG 0x0 R 1: when the data is within the thresholds. Clear on register read. 31:4 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 29: ADC - IRQMASK register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 ENDCAL 0x1 RW Interrupt mask for the end of calibration event: 0: Interrupt is enabled. 1: Interrupt is disabled. 1 RESERVED 0x1 RW RESERVED 2 EOC 0x1 RW Interrupt mask for the end of conversion event: 0: Interrupt is enabled. 1: Interrupt is disabled. 3 WDOG 0x1 RW Interrupt mask for the within the threshold event: 0: Interrupt is enabled. 1: Interrupt is disabled. 31:4 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 30: ADC - DATA_CONV register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x14 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 DATA_CONV 0x00000000 R Description Result of the conversion in two complement format. Table 31: ADC - OFFSET register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x18 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 OFFSET 0x00000000 RW Description Offset for correction of converted data. DocID028866 Rev 5 37/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 32: ADC - SR_REG register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x20 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 1 BUSY 0x0 RW 1: during conversion. 2 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 3 WDOG 0x0 RW If ENAB_COMP = 1, this bit indicates the result of the conversion is between high and low threshold: 0: DATAOUT[31:0] is NOT between THRESHOLD_HI and THRESHOLD_LO values. 1: DATAOUT[31:0] is between THRESHOLD_HI and THRESHOLD_LO values. This field is updated on each new end of conversion event related to the converted data value. 31:4 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 33: ADC - THRESHOLD_HI register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x24 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 THRESHOLD_HI 0xFFFFFFFF RW Description High threshold for window comparator. Table 34: ADC - THRESHOLD_LO register description: address offset ADC_BASE_ADDR+0x28 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 THRESHOLD_LO 0x00000000 RW Description Low threshold for window comparator. All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.7 DMA 3.7.1 Introduction The BlueNRG-1 device embeds a DMA allowing various combination of data transfer between the memory and the peripherals without CPU intervention. Main features are:      38/184 Eight independently configurable channels connected to dedicated hardware DMA requests; software trigger is also supported. Priorities between requests from channels of the DMA are software programmable (four levels consisting of very high, high, medium, low). When two channels with same software priority need attention, channel with lower hardware index will take priority. Independent source and destination transfer size (byte, half word, word), emulating packing and unpacking. Support for circular buffer management. Event flags (DMA half transfer, DMA transfer complete), logically ORed together in a single interrupt request for each channel. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details   3.7.2 Memory-to-memory transfer (RAM only), peripheral-to-memory and memory-toperipheral, and peripheral-to-peripheral transfers. Programmable number of data to be transferred up to 65536 bytes. Functional overview The DMA controller performs direct memory transfer by sharing the system bus with the other masters of the device. The DMA request may stop the CPU access to the system bus for some bus cycles, when the CPU and DMA are targeting the same destination (memory or peripheral). The bus matrix implements round-robin scheduling, thus ensuring at least half of the system bus bandwidth (both to memory and peripheral) for the CPU. 3.7.2.1 DMA transactions After an event, the peripheral sends a request signal to the DMA controller. The DMA controller serves the request depending on the channel priorities. As soon as the DMA controller accesses the peripheral, the DMA controller sends an acknowledge to the peripheral. The peripheral releases its request as soon as it gets the acknowledge from the DMA controller. Once the request is deasserted by the peripheral, the DMA controller releases the acknowledge. If there are more requests, the peripheral can initiate the next transaction. In summary, each DMA transfer consists of three operations:    3.7.2.2 The loading of data from the peripheral data register or a location in memory addressed through an internal current peripheral/memory address register. The start address used for the first transfer is the base peripheral/memory address programmed in the DMA_CPARx or DMA_CMARx register The storage of the data loaded to the peripheral data register or a location in memory addressed through an internal current peripheral/memory address register. The start address used for the first transfer is the base peripheral/memory address programmed in the DMA_CPARx or DMA_CMARx register The post-decrementing of the DMA_CNDTRx register, which contains the number of transactions that have still to be performed. Arbiter The arbiter manages the channel requests based on their priority and launches the peripheral/memory access sequences. The priorities are managed in two stages:   3.7.2.3 Software: each channel priority can be configured in the DMA_CCRx register. There are four levels:  Very high priority  High priority  Medium priority  Low priority Hardware: if two requests have the same software priority level, the channel with the lowest number has the priority versus the channel with the highest number. For example, channel 2 gets priority over channel 4. DMA channels Each channel can handle DMA transfer between a peripheral register located at a fixed address and a memory address. The amount of data to be transferred (up to 65535) is programmable. The register, which contains the amount of data items to be transferred, is decremented after each transaction. DocID028866 Rev 5 39/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Programmable data sizes Transfer data sizes of the peripheral and memory are fully programmable through the PSIZE and MSIZE bits in the DMA_CCRx register. Pointer increments Peripheral and memory pointers can optionally be automatically post-incremented after each transaction depending on the PINC and MINC bits in the DMA_CCRx register. If incremented mode is enabled, the address of the next transfer will be the address of the previous one incremented by 1, 2 or 4 depending on the chosen data size. The first transfer address is the one programmed in the DMA_CPARx/DMA_CMARx registers. During transfer operations, these registers keep the initially programmed value. The current transfer addresses (in the current internal peripheral/memory address register) are not accessible by software. If the channel is configured in non-circular mode, no DMA request is served after the last transfer (that is once the number of data items to be transferred has reached zero). In order to reload a new number of data items to be transferred into the DMA_CNDTRx register, the DMA channel must be disabled. If a DMA channel is disabled, the DMA registers are not reset. The DMA channel registers (DMA_CCRx, DMA_CPARx and DMA_CMARx) retain the initial values programmed during the channel configuration phase. In circular mode, after the last transfer, the DMA_CNDTRx register is automatically reloaded with the initially programmed value. The current internal address registers are reloaded with the base address values from the DMA_CPARx/DMA_CMARx registers. Channel configuration procedure The following sequence should be followed to configure a DMA channelx (where x is the channel number). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Set the peripheral register address in the DMA_CPARx register. The data are moved from/ to this address to/ from the memory after the peripheral event. Set the memory address in the DMA_CMARx register. The data will be written to or read from this memory after the peripheral event. Configure the total number of data to be transferred in the DMA_CNDTRx register. After each peripheral event, this value is decremented. Configure the channel priority using the PL[1:0] bits in the DMA_CCRx register. Configure data transfer direction, circular mode, peripheral and memory incremented mode, peripheral and memory data size, and interrupt after half and/or full transfer in the DMA_CCRx register. Activate the channel by setting the ENABLE bit in the DMA_CCRx register. As soon as the channel is enabled, it can serve any DMA request from the peripheral connected on the channel. Once half of the bytes are transferred, the half-transfer flag (HTIF) is set and an interrupt is generated if the half-transfer interrupt enable bit (HTIE) is set. At the end of the transfer, the transfer complete flag (TCIF) is set and an interrupt is generated if the transfer complete interrupt enable bit (TCIE) is set. Circular mode Circular mode is available to handle circular buffers and continuous data flows (e.g. ADC scan mode). This feature can be enabled using the CIRC bit in the DMA_CCRx register. When circular mode is activated, the number of data to be transferred is automatically reloaded with the initial value programmed during the channel configuration phase, and the DMA requests continue to be served. Memory-to-memory mode The DMA channels can also work without being triggered by a request from a peripheral. This mode is called memory-to-memory mode. If the MEM2MEM bit in the DMA_CCRx 40/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details register is set, then the channel initiates transfers as soon as it is enabled by software by setting the Enable bit (EN) in the DMA_CCRx register. The transfer stops once the DMA_CNDTRx register reaches zero. Memory-to-Memory mode may not be used at the same time as Circular mode. 3.7.2.4 Programmable data width, data alignment and endianness When PSIZE and MSIZE are not equal, the DMA performs some data alignments as described in Table 35: "Programmable data width and endian behavior (when bits PINC = MINC = 1)": Programmable data width & endian behavior (when bits PINC = MINC = 1). Table 35: Programmable data width and endian behavior (when bits PINC = MINC = 1) Source port width 8 8 8 Destination port width 8 16 32 Number of data items to transfer (NDT) Source content: address/data Transfer operations Destination content: address/data @0x0 / B0 1: READ B0[7:0] @0x0 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x0 @0x0 / B0 @0x1 / B1 2: READ B1[7:0] @0x1 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x1 @0x1 / B1 @0x2 / B2 3: READ B2[7:0] @0x2 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x2 @0x2 / B2 @0x3 / B3 4: READ B3[7:0] @0x3 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x3 @0x3 / B3 @0x0 / B0 1: READ B0[7:0] @0x0 then WRITE 00B0[15:0] @0x0 @0x0 / 00B0 @0x1 / B1 2: READ B1[7:0] @0x1 then WRITE 00B0[15:0] @0x2 @0x2 / 00B1 @0x2 / B2 3: READ B2[7:0] @0x2 then WRITE 00B0[15:0] @0x4 @0x4 / 00B2 @0x3 / B3 4: READ B3[7:0] @0x3 then WRITE 00B0[15:0] @0x6 @0x6 / 00B3 @0x0 / B0 1: READ B0[7:0] @0x0 then WRITE 000000B0[31:0] @0x0 @0x0 / 000000B0 @0x1 / B1 2: READ B1[7:0] @0x1 then WRITE 000000B0[31:0] @0x4 @0x4 / 000000B1 @0x2 / B2 3: READ B2[7:0] @0x2 then WRITE 000000B0[31:0] @0x8 @0x8 / 000000B2 @0x3 / B3 4: READ B3[7:0] @0x3 then WRITE 000000B0[31:0] @0xC @0xC / 000000B3 4 4 4 DocID028866 Rev 5 41/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Source port width 16 16 16 32 42/184 Destination port width 8 16 32 8 Number of data items to transfer (NDT) Source content: address/data Transfer operations Destination content: address/data @0x0 / B1B0 1: READ B1B0[15:0] @0x0 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x0 @0x0 / B0 @0x1 / B3B2 2: READ B3B2[15:0] @0x2 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x1 @0x1 / B2 @0x2 / B5B4 3: READ B5B4[15:0] @0x4 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x2 @0x2 / B4 @0x3 / B7B6 4: READ B7B6[15:0] @0x6 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x3 @0x3 / B6 @0x0 / B1B0 1: READ B1B0[15:0] @0x0 then WRITE B1B0[15:0] @0x0 @0x0 / B1B0 @0x1 / B3B2 2: READ B3B2[15:0] @0x2 then WRITE B3B2[15:0] @0x2 @0x2 / B3B2 @0x2 / B5B4 3: READ B5B4[15:0] @0x4 then WRITE B5B4[15:0] @0x4 @0x4 / B5B4 @0x3 / B7B6 4: READ B7B6[15:0] @0x6 then WRITE B7B6[15:0] @0x6 @0x6 / B7B6 @0x0 / B1B0 1: READ B1B0[15:0] @0x0 then WRITE 0000B1B0[31:0] @0x0 @0x0 / 0000B1B0 @0x1 / B3B2 2: READ B3B2[15:0] @0x2 then WRITE 0000B3B2[31:0] @0x4 @0x4 / 0000B3B2 @0x2 / B5B4 3: READ B5B4[15:0] @0x4 then WRITE 0000B5B4[31:0] @0x8 @0x8 / 0000B5B4 @0x3 / B7B6 4: READ B7B6[15:0] @0x6 then WRITE 0000B7B6[31:0] @0xC @0xC / 0000B7B6 @0x0 / B3B2B1B0 1: READ B3B2B1B0[31:0] @0x0 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x0 @0x0 / B0 @0x4 / B7B6B5B4 2: READ B7B6B5B4[31:0] @0x4 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x1 @0x1 / B4 4 4 4 4 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Source port width 32 32 Destination port width 16 32 Number of data items to transfer (NDT) Source content: address/data Transfer operations Destination content: address/data @0x8 / BBBAB9B8 3: READ BBBAB9B8[31:0] @0x8 then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x2 @0x2 / B8 @0xC / BFBEBDBC 4: READ BFBEBDBC[31:0] @0xC then WRITE B0[7:0] @0x3 @0x3 / BC @0x0 / B3B2B1B0 1: READ B3B2B1B0[31:0] @0x0 then WRITE B1B0[15:0] @0x0 @0x0 / B1B0 @0x4 / B7B6B5B4 2: READ B7B6B5B4[31:0] @0x4 then WRITE B3B2[15:0] @0x2 @0x2 / B5B4 @0x8 / BBBAB9B8 3: READ BBBAB9B8[31:0] @0x8 then WRITE B5B4[15:0] @0x4 @0x4 / B9B8 @0xC / BFBEBDBC 4: READ BFBEBDBC[31:0] @0xC then WRITE B7B6[15:0] @0x6 @0x6 / BDBC @0x0 / B3B2B1B0 1: READ B3B2B1B0[31:0] @0x0 then WRITE 0000B1B0[31:0] @0x0 @0x0 / B3B2B1B0 @0x4 / B7B6B5B4 2: READ B7B6B5B4[31:0] @0x4 then WRITE 0000B3B2[31:0] @0x4 @0x4 / B7B6B5B4 @0x8 / BBBAB9B8 3: READ BBBAB9B8[31:0] @0x8 then WRITE 0000B5B4[31:0] @0x8 @0x8 / BBBAB9B8 @0xC / BFBEBDBC 4: READ BFBEBDBC[31:0] @0xC then WRITE 0000B7B6[31:0] @0xC @0xC / BFBEBDBC 4 4 The DMA is addressed through AHB and can be accessed only with 32-bit access. Any 8bit or 16-bit access will generate a hard fault. When the DMA initiates an AHB byte or halfword write operation, the data are duplicated on the unused lanes of the HWDATA[31:0] bus. So when the used AHB slave peripheral DocID028866 Rev 5 43/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details does not support byte or halfword write operations (when HSIZE is not used by the peripheral) and does not generate any error, the DMA writes the 32 HWDATA bits as shown in the two examples below:   To write the halfword “0xABCD”, the DMA sets the HWDATA bus to “0xABCDABCD” with HSIZE = HalfWord To write the byte “0xAB”, the DMA sets the HWDATA bus to “0xABABABAB” with HSIZE = byte Assuming that the AHB/APB bridge is an AHB 32-bit slave peripheral that does not take the HSIZE data into account, it will transform any AHB byte or halfword operation into a 32-bit APB operation in the following manner:   3.7.2.5 an AHB byte write operation of the data “0xB0” to 0x0 (or to 0x1, 0x2 or 0x3) is converted to an APB word write operation of the data “0xB0B0B0B0” to 0x0 an AHB half-word write operation of the data “0xB1B0” to 0x0 (or to 0x2) is converted to an APB word write operation of the data “0xB1B0B1B0” to 0x0 Error management A DMA transfer error can be generated by reading from or writing to a reserved address space. When a DMA transfer error occurs during a DMA read or a write access, the faulty channel is automatically disabled through a hardware clear of its EN bit in the corresponding channel configuration register (DMA_CCRx). The channel's transfer error interrupt flag (TEIF) in the ISR register is set and an interrupt is generated if the transfer error interrupt enable bit (TEIE) in the DMA_CCRx register is set. 3.7.2.6 Interrupts An interrupt can be produced on a half-transfer, transfer complete or transfer error for each DMA channel. Separate interrupt enable bits are available for flexibility. Table 36: DMA interrupt requests 3.7.2.7 Interrupt event Event flag Enable control bit Half-transfer HTIF HTIE Transfer complete TCIF TCIE Transfer error TEIF TEIE DMA request mapping The eight requests from the peripherals (SPI, I2Cx[1,2] and UART) are multiplexed before entering DMA with the ADC request. For each channel, the choice between the peripheral and the ADC is done through the DMA_CONFIG register. 44/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Figure 11: DMA request mapping in BlueNRG-1 3.7.3 DMA registers DMA peripheral base address (DMA_BASE_ADDR) 0xA0000000. Table 37: DMA registers Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 ISR R 0x00000000 DMA interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 IFCR W 0x00000000 DMA interrupt flag clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. Description Table 38: DMA - ISR register description: address offset DMA_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit 0 Field name GIF0 Reset 0x0 RW R Description Channel 0 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No TE, HT or TC event on channel 0. 1: A TE, HT or TC event occurred on channel 0. DocID028866 Rev 5 45/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 46/184 Field name TCIF0 HTIF0 TEIF0 GIF1 TCIF1 HTIF1 TEIF1 GIF2 TCIF2 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description R Channel 0 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer complete (TC) on channel 0. 1: A transfer complete (TC) occurred on channel 0. R Channel 0 half transfer flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No half transfer (HT) event on channel 0. 1: A half transfer (HT) event occurred on channel 0. R Channel 0 transfer error flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer error (TE) event on channel 0. 1: A transfer error (TE) occurred on channel 0. R Channel 1 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No TE, HT or TC event on channel 1. 1: A TE, HT or TC event occurred on channel 1. R Channel 1 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer complete (TC) on channel 1. 1: A transfer complete (TC) occurred on channel 1. R Channel 1 half transfer flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No half transfer (HT) event on channel 1. 1: A half transfer (HT) event occurred on channel 1. R Channel 1 transfer error flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer error (TE) event on channel 1. 1: A transfer error (TE) occurred on channel 1. R Channel 2 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No TE, HT or TC event on channel 2. 1: A TE, HT or TC event occurred on channel 2. R Channel 2 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer complete (TC) on channel 2. 1: A transfer complete (TC) occurred on channel 2. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Field name HTIF2 TEIF2 GIF3 TCIF3 HTIF3 TEIF3 GIF4 TCIF4 HTIF4 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description R Channel 2 half transfer flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No half transfer (HT) event on channel 2. 1: A half transfer (HT) event occurred on channel 2. R Channel 2 transfer error flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer error (TE) event on channel 2. 1: A transfer error (TE) occurred on channel 2. R Channel 3 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No TE, HT or TC event on channel 3. 1: A TE, HT or TC event occurred on channel 3. R Channel 3 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer complete (TC) on channel 3. 1: A transfer complete (TC) occurred on channel 3. R Channel 3 half transfer flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No half transfer (HT) event on channel 3. 1: A half transfer (HT) event occurred on channel 3. R Channel 3 transfer error flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer error (TE) event on channel 3. 1: A transfer error (TE) occurred on channel 3. R Channel 4 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No TE, HT or TC event on channel 4. 1: A TE, HT or TC event occurred on channel 4. R Channel 4 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer complete (TC) on channel 4. 1: A transfer complete (TC) occurred on channel 4. R Channel 4 half transfer flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No half transfer (HT) event on channel 4. 1: A half transfer (HT) event occurred on channel 4. DocID028866 Rev 5 47/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 48/184 Field name TEIF4 GIF5 TCIF5 HTIF5 TEIF5 GIF6 TCIF6 HTIF6 TEIF6 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description R Channel 4 transfer error flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer error (TE) event on channel 4. 1: A transfer error (TE) occurred on channel 4. R Channel 5 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No TE, HT or TC event on channel 5. 1: A TE, HT or TC event occurred on channel 5. R Channel 5 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer complete (TC) on channel 5. 1: A transfer complete (TC) occurred on channel 5. R Channel 5 half transfer flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No half transfer (HT) event on channel 5. 1: A half transfer (HT) event occurred on channel 5. R Channel 5 transfer error flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer error (TE) event on channel 5. 1: A transfer error (TE) occurred on channel 5. R Channel 6 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No TE, HT or TC event on channel 6. 1: A TE, HT or TC event occurred on channel 6. R Channel 6 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer complete (TC) on channel 6. 1: A transfer complete (TC) occurred on channel 6. R Channel 6 half transfer flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No half transfer (HT) event on channel 6. 1: A half transfer (HT) event occurred on channel 6. R Channel 6 transfer error flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer error (TE) event on channel 6. 1: A transfer error (TE) occurred on channel 6. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 28 29 30 31 Field name GIF7 TCIF7 HTIF7 TEIF7 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description R Channel 7 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No TE, HT or TC event on channel 7. 1: A TE, HT or TC event occurred on channel 7. R Channel 7 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer complete (TC) on channel 7. 1: A transfer complete (TC) occurred on channel 7. R Channel 7 half transfer flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No half transfer (HT) event on channel 7. 1: A half transfer (HT) event occurred on channel 7. R Channel 7 transfer error flag. This bit is set by hardware. It is cleared by software writing 1 to the corresponding bit in the IFCR register. 0: No transfer error (TE) event on channel 7. 1: A transfer error (TE) occurred on channel 7. Table 39: DMA - IFCR register description: address offset DMA_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit 0 1 2 3 4 Field name CGIF0 CTCIF0 CHTIF0 CTEIF0 CGIF1 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description W Channel 0 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the GIF, TEIF, HTIF and TCIF flags in the ISR register. W Channel 0 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TCIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 0 half transfer flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding HTIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 0 transfer error flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TEIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 1 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the GIF, TEIF, HTIF and TCIF flags in the ISR register. DocID028866 Rev 5 49/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 50/184 Field name CTCIF1 CHTIF1 CTEIF1 CGIF2 CTCIF2 CHTIF2 CTEIF2 CGIF3 CTCIF3 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description W Channel 1 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TCIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 1 half transfer flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding HTIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 1 transfer error flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TEIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 2 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the GIF, TEIF, HTIF and TCIF flags in the ISR register. W Channel 2 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TCIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 2 half transfer flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding HTIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 2 transfer error flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TEIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 3 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the GIF, TEIF, HTIF and TCIF flags in the ISR register. W Channel 3 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TCIF flag in the ISR register. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Field name CHTIF3 CTEIF3 CGIF4 CTCIF4 CHTIF4 CTEIF4 CGIF5 CTCIF5 CHTIF5 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description W Channel 3 half transfer flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding HTIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 3 transfer error flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TEIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 4 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the GIF, TEIF, HTIF and TCIF flags in the ISR register. W Channel 4 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TCIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 4 half transfer flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding HTIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 4 transfer error flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TEIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 5 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the GIF, TEIF, HTIF and TCIF flags in the ISR register. W Channel 5 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TCIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 5 half transfer flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding HTIF flag in the ISR register. DocID028866 Rev 5 51/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31   52/184 Field name CTEIF5 CGIF6 CTCIF6 CHTIF6 CTEIF6 CGIF7 CTCIF7 CHTIF7 CTEIF7 Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description W Channel 5 transfer error flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TEIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 6 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the GIF, TEIF, HTIF and TCIF flags in the ISR register. W Channel 6 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TCIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 6 half transfer flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding HTIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 6 transfer error flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TEIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 7 global interrupt flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the GIF, TEIF, HTIF and TCIF flags in the ISR register. W Channel 7 transfer complete flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TCIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 7 half transfer flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding HTIF flag in the ISR register. W Channel 7 transfer error flag. This bit is set by software. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the corresponding TEIF flag in the ISR register. DMA_CH0 peripheral base address (DMA_CH0_BASE_ADDR) 0xA0000008 DMA_CH1 peripheral base address (DMA_CH1_BASE_ADDR) 0xA000001C DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details       DMA_CH2 peripheral base address (DMA_CH2_BASE_ADDR) 0xA0000030 DMA_CH3 peripheral base address (DMA_CH3_BASE_ADDR) 0xA0000044 DMA_CH4 peripheral base address (DMA_CH4_BASE_ADDR) 0xA0000058 DMA_CH5 peripheral base address (DMA_CH5_BASE_ADDR) 0xA000006C DMA_CH6 peripheral base address (DMA_CH6_BASE_ADDR) 0xA0000080 DMA_CH7 peripheral base address (DMA_CH7_BASE_ADDR) 0xA0000094 Table 40: DMA_CHx registers Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 CCR RW 0x00000000 DMA channel configuration register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 CNDTR RW 0x00000000 DMA channel number of data register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x08 CPAR RW 0x00000000 DMA channel peripheral address register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x0C CMAR RW 0x00000000 DMA channel memory address register. Refer to the detailed description below. Description Table 41: DMA_CHx - CCR register description: address offset DMA_CHX_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW 0 EN 0x0 RW DMA channel enable. 0: DMA channel disabled. 1: DMA channel enabled. 1 TCIE 0x0 RW Transfer complete interrupt enable. 0: TC interrupt disabled. 1: TC interrupt enabled. 2 HTIE 0x0 RW Half transfer interrupt enable. 0: HT interrupt disabled. 1: HT interrupt enabled. 3 TEIE 0x0 RW Transfer error interrupt enable. 0: TE interrupt disabled. 1: TE interrupt enabled. RW Data transfer direction. 0: Read from peripheral. 1: Read from memory. RW Circular mode. 0: Circular mode disabled. 1: Circular mode enabled. 4 5 DIR CIRC 0x0 0x0 Description 6 PINC 0x0 RW Peripheral increment mode. 0: Peripheral increment disabled. 1: Peripheral increment enabled. 7 MINC 0x0 RW Memory increment mode. 0: Memory increment disabled. 1: Memory increment enabled. DocID028866 Rev 5 53/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 9:8 11:10 Field name PSIZE MSIZE Reset 0x0 0x0 RW Description RW Peripheral size. 00b: Size 8 bits. 01b: Size 16 bits. 10b: Size 32 bits. RW Memory size. 00b: Size 8 bits. 01b: Size 16 bits. 10b: Size 32 bits. 13:12 PL 0x0 RW Channel priority level. 00b: Low priority. 01b: Medium priority. 10b: High priority. 11b: Very high priority. 14 MEM2MEM 0x0 RW Memory to memory mode. 0: Memory to memory mode disabled. 0: Memory to memory mode enabled. 31:15 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 42: DMA_CHx - CNDTR register description: address offset DMA_CHX_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 15:0 NDT 0x0 RW Number of data to be transferred (0 up to 65535). This register can only be written when the channel is disabled. Once the channel is enabled, this register is read-only, indicating the remaining bytes to be transmitted. This register decrements after each DMA transfer. Once the transfer is completed, this register can either stay at zero or be reloaded automatically by the value previously programmed if the channel is configured in auto-reload mode. If this register is zero, no transaction can be served whether the channel is enabled or not. 31:16 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 43: DMA_CHx - CPAR register description: address offset DMA_CHX_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit 31:0 54/184 Field name PA Reset 0x0 RW RW Description Base address of the peripheral data register from/to which the data are read/written. When PSIZE is 01 (16-bit), the PA[0] bit is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a halfword address. When PSIZE is 10 (32-bit), PA[1:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 44: DMA_CHx - CMAR register description: address offset DMA_CHX_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit Field name 31:0 MA Reset 0x0 RW Description RW Base address of the memory area from/to which the data are read/written. When MSIZE is 01 (16-bit), the MA[0] bit is ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a halfword address. When MSIZE is 10 (32-bit), MA[1:0] are ignored. Access is automatically aligned to a word address. All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default values. 3.8 SPI 3.8.1 Introduction The BlueNRG-1 integrates a serial peripheral interface compatible with the Motorola and National Semiconductor Microwire standards. Main features are:        3.8.2 Maximal supported baud rate is 1 MHz in slave mode and 8 MHz in master mode. Parallel-to-serial conversion on data written to an internal 32-bit wide, 16-location deep transmitter FIFO. Serial-to-parallel conversion on received data, buffering in a 32-bit wide 16-location deep receive FIFO. Programmable data frame size from 4-bit to 32-bit. Programmable clock bit rate and prescaler. Programmable clock phase and polarity in SPI mode. Support for direct memory access (DMA). Functional overview The SPI performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a peripheral device on the SPI_IN pin, and parallel-to-serial conversion on data written by CPU for transmission on the SPI_OUT pin. The role of the SPI pins are defined by the SPI master or SPI slave role. Table 45: SPI pin assignments SPI role SPI_IN pin SPI_OUT pin Master MISO MOSI Slave MOSI MISO The transmit and receive paths are buffered with internal FIFO memories allowing up to 16 x 32-bit values to be stored independently in both transmit and receive modes. FIFOs may be burst-loaded or emptied by the system processor or by the DMA, from one to eight words per transfer. Each 32-bit word from the system fills one entry in FIFO. The SPI includes a programmable bitrate clock divider and prescaler to generate the serial output clock signal from the SPI_CLK pin. DocID028866 Rev 5 55/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details 3.8.2.1 SPI clock phase and clock polarity The SPH control bit selects the clock edge that captures data and allows it to change state. It has the most impact on the first bit transmitted by either allowing or not allowing a clock transition before the first data capture edge. The SPO bit selects the clock polarity (low or high) of the clock signal. SPH in conjunction with the SPO bit allow four possible timing variations listed in the following table. Table 46: SPI clock phase and clock polarity SPH SPO Timing description 0b The clock signal is stopped to low inactive level between transfers. The first rising edge occurs in the middle of the first data bit (with delay). The SPI transmits data onehalf cycle ahead of the rising edge of clock signal and receives data on the rising edge of clock signal. In case of multi byte transmission, the CS line must be pulsed HIGH between each data word transfer. 0b 1b The clock signal is stopped to high inactive level between transfers. The first falling edge occurs in the middle of the first data bit (with delay). The SPI transmits data onehalf cycle ahead of the falling edge of clock signal and receives data on the falling edge of clock signal. In case of multi byte transmission, the CS line must be pulsed HIGH between each data word transfer. 1b 0b The clock signal is stopped to low inactive level between transfers. The first rising edge occurs at the start of the first data bit (no delay). The SPI transmits data on the rising edge of clock signal and receives data on the failing edge of clock signal. 1b 1b The clock signal is stopped to high inactive level between transfers. The first falling edge occurs at the start of the first data bit (no delay). The SPI transmits data on the falling edge of clock signal and receives data on the rising edge of clock signal. 0b 3.8.2.2 Procedure for enabling SPI The SPI initialization procedure is the following (assuming clocks already enabled): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clear the SSE bit in the CR1 register. This step is not required after a hardware or software reset of the BlueNRG1. Empty the receive FIFO. This step is not required after a hardware or software reset of the device BlueNRG1. Program IO_MODE to route SPI port signals on those GPIOs. See section GPIO operating modes. Program the SPI clock prescaler register (CPSR), then program the configuration registers CR0 and CR1. The transmit FIFO can optionally be filled before enabling the SPI. Set the SSE bit to enable SPI operation. The transmit FIFO and the receive FIFO are not cleared when the SSE bit is cleared. 3.8.2.3 SPI bit rate generation The SPI bitrate is derived by dividing down the peripheral clock (CLK) by an even prescaler value CPSDVSR from 2 to 254, the clock is further divided by a value from 1 to 256, which is 1+SCR. The SPI frequency clock duty cycle is always 0.5. 56/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 3.8.2.4 Functional details SPI data endianness All transfers can be sent and received with configurable endianness according the setting of the (T/R)ENDN bit in the CR1 registers The cases "00b" and "11b" of TENDN and RENDN are implemented for data frame size from 4- to 32-bit. The cases "01b" and "10b" of TENDN and RENDN are implemented only for the following data frame sizes: 16-bit, 24-bit and 32-bit. Transmit data endianness: TENDN in CR1: Table 47: SPI_OUT endianness TENDN Endianness 00b The element is transmitted MSByte-first and MSbit-first. 01b The element is transmitted LSByte-first and MSbit-first. 10b The element is transmitted MSByte-first and LSbit-first. 11b The element is transmitted LSByte-first and LSbit-first. Table 48: SPI_IN endianness 3.8.2.5 RENDN Endianness 00b The element is received MSByte-first and MSbit-first. 01b The element is received LSByte-first and MSbit-first. 10b The element is received MSByte-first and LSbit-first. 11b The element is received LSByte-first and LSbit-first. SPI interrupts There are six individual maskable interrupt sources generated by the SPI (single interrupt signal that drives the NVIC):       Receive interrupt Transmit interrupt Timeout interrupt Receive overrun interrupt Transmit underrun interrupt Transmit empty interrupt The user can enable or disable the individual interrupt sources by changing the mask bits in the IMSC register. Setting the appropriate mask bit to 1b enables the interrupt. The status of the individual interrupt sources can be read from the RIS register (raw interrupt status) or from the MIS register (masked interrupt status). 3.8.2.6 Receive interrupt The receive interrupt is asserted when the number of data in receive FIFO reaches the programmed trigger watermark level. The receive interrupt is cleared by reading data from the receive FIFO until there are less data than the programmed watermark level. 3.8.2.7 Transmit interrupt The transmit interrupt is asserted when the number of data in the transmit FIFO is less than or equal to the programmed watermark level. It is cleared by performing writes to the transmit FIFO until it holds more elements than the programmed watermark level. The DocID028866 Rev 5 57/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details transmitter interrupt is not qualified with the SPI enable bit, which allows operation in one of two ways:   3.8.2.8 Data can be written to the transmit FIFO prior to enabling the SPI and the interrupts. Or the SPI and the interrupts can be enabled so that data can be written to the transmit FIFO by an interrupt service routine. Timeout interrupt The receive timeout interrupt is asserted when the receive FIFO is not empty, and no further data is received over a 32-bit period of the serial clock. This mechanism ensures that the user is aware that data is still present in the receive FIFO and requires servicing. The receive timeout interrupt is cleared either when the FIFO becomes empty through reading all the data, or if new data is received, or when a 1b is written to the corresponding bit of the ICR register. 3.8.2.9 Receive overrun interrupt Receive overrun interrupt is asserted when the receive FIFO is already full and an additional data frame is received, causing an overrun of the FIFO. Data is overwritten in the receive shift register, but not in the FIFO. The interrupt is cleared when a 1b is written to the corresponding bit of the ICR register. 3.8.2.10 Transmit underrun interrupt The transmit underrun interrupt is asserted when the transmit FIFO is already empty and an additional frame is transmitted, causing an underrun of the FIFO. Data is over-read in the transmit shift register. This interrupt is cleared when a 1b is written to the corresponding bit of the ICR register. 3.8.2.11 Transmit empty interrupt The transmit interrupt is asserted when the transmit FIFO is empty. It is cleared by performing writes to the transmit FIFO. 3.8.2.12 SPI master communication mode for Motorola standard The SPIM register field selects the SPI transmission mode, these modes are applicable only for SPI master mode:    58/184 Full duplex mode (SPIM = 00b): the master transmits the data available in the TXFIFO and receives the data from the slave. Transmit mode (SPIM = 01b): when the data is available in TX FIFO, the SPI_OUT line is run, and no data is written in RX FIFO Receive mode (SPIM = 10b): the sequence of receive mode is:When the receive mode is selected we have two cases: a. The software sets the mode to receive (SPIM = 10) and writes the dummy character value to the CHN register. b. The software writes the value “number of frames to receive from the slave” in the RXFRM register. a. If the TXFIFO is empty, the master receives data from the slave, transmitting the character from the CHN register in each frame received. The RXFRM register is decremented by one at each transmission/reception. The interface runs until the RXFRM value is dummy AND the written number of frames in RXFRM is received. b. If the TXFIFO is not empty, the master first transmits the data available in the TXFIFO and receives the data from the slave (like the full duplex mode). The RXFRM register is not decremented. When all the data available in TXFIFO are DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details transmitted, the TXFIFO becomes empty (case a), then the dummy character from the CHN register are transmitted for each frame received. The RXFRM register is decremented for each transaction. When the value in this register is zero and the written number of frames in RXFRM is received, the interface does not run anymore. The user has to write the RXFRM (with value greater than zero) by software to reactivate the interface. In all cases, the RXFRM is decremented by one only if the TXFIFO is empty. The RFRM is decremented before the data is sent. If the software fills the TXFIFO while the SPI is transmitting the dummy character, then the words of TXFIFO should be ignored and we should not send them in this mode, only the dummy -character are transmitted.  Combined mode (SPIM = 11b): the sequence of combined mode is: a. The software sets the mode to combined mode: (SPIM=11). b. The software writes to the WDTXF register the "number of frames to be received by the slave (a value greater than zero) from TXFIFO master". If the number of words written in the WDTXF register are sent (WDTXF is equal to zero) but the RXFRM register is not equal to zero, the master transmits the dummy character (defined in CHM register) and receives the slave data, decrementing the RXFRM register by one. Once the RXFRM register is equal to zero and all the data written in RXFRM are sent, the interface is stopped. When the RXFRM register is zero and WDTXF is not equal to zero and the TXFIFO of the master and of slave are not empty, the master transmits the data from TXFIFO and receives the data from the slave. Before the data is sent from TXFIFO, the WDTXF is decremented by one. When the WDTXF register is zero and all the numbers written in this register are sent, the interface is stopped. The interface is stopped when:    WDTXF and RXFRM registers are equal to zero. WDTXF register is not equal to zero and TXFIFO is empty. RXFRM register is not equal to zero, the WDTXF register is zero and TXFIFO is not empty. For each data transmission (TXFIFO data or CHN register data), the data slave is received. WDTXF is decremented by one only at each data transmission from TXFIFO. The decrementing is done before the words are sent out. RXFRM is decremented by one only at each dummy character transmission from the CHN register. The decrementing is done before the words are sent out. When we start decrementing one of the registers (RXFRM or WDTXF), we must decrement until we reach zero and we send the last words before starting the decrement of other registers (RXFRM or WDTXF). Switching between these different modes when SPI is enabled is possible. If the transmission mode is deselected for another mode during a frame transmission, the new mode becomes active at the start of the next word. DocID028866 Rev 5 59/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details 3.8.2.13 SPI master communication mode for National Semiconductor Microwire standard The FRF register field selects the SPI mode interface: the default value 0 indicates the Motorola standard interface, while FRF = 2 selects the Microwire standard interface for the 3-wire SPI mode. The hardware connection considers the SPI_IN and SPI_OUT pins connected together as shown in the figure below. The two pins are handled internally to send and receive data. Figure 12: MicroWire master and slave communication The CSS register field specifies the length of the data to send and the DSS register field specifies the length of the data to receive. In reception mode, the quantity of data to read is specified in the DSS register field. The set of the SSE register field, enables SPI for the communication. The user should wait for data reception to end before attempting any reads. The SSE register field must be reset at the end of the communication. In transmission mode, the send data are written inside the TX FIFO and the quantity of data to send is specified in the CSS register field. The SSE register field setting enables SPI for the communication. When the busy flag is RESET, SPI communication is terminated. The SSE register field must be reset at the end of the communication. 3.8.3 SPI registers SPI peripheral base address (SPI_BASE_ADDR) 0x40400000. Table 49: SPI registers 60/184 Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 CR0 RW 0x1C000000 Control register 0. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 CR1 RW 0x00000000 Control register 1. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x08 DR RW 0x00000000 Data register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x0C SR R 0x00000003 Status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x10 CPSR RW 0x00000000 Clock prescale register. Refer to the detailed description below. Description DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Address offset Name RW Reset 0x14 IMSC RW 0x00000000 Interrupt mask set or clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x18 RIS R 0x00000000 Raw interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x1C MIS R 0x00000000 Masked Interrupt Status Register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x20 ICR W 0x00000000 Interrupt clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x24 DMACR RW 0x00000000 SPI DMA control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x28 RXFRM RW 0x00000000 SPI receive frame register. Indicates the number of frames to receive from the slave. 0x2C CHN RW 0x00000000 Dummy character register 0x30 WDTXF RW 0x00000000 SPI transmit FIFO receive frame number. Indicates the number of frames to receive from the transmit FIFO 0x80 ITCR RW 0x00000000 Integration test control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x8C TDR RW 0x00000000 Test data register Description Table 50: SPI - CR0 register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 4:0 DSS 0x0 RW Data size select. (DSS+1) defines the number of bits: 0x00: Reserved. 0x01: Reserved. 0x02: Reserved. 0x03: 4-bit data. 0x04: 5-bit data. ... 0x1F: 32-bit data. 5 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED RW Clock polarity (Motorola SPI format only): 0: Steady-state of clock polarity is low. 1: Steady-state of clock polarity is high. RW Clock phase (Motorola SPI format only): 0: Steady state of clock phase is low. 1: Steady state of clock phase is high. RW Serial clock rate. The SRC value is used to generate the transmit and receive bit rate of the SPI. The bit rate is: f_SPICLK / (CPSDVR * (1 + SCR)), where CPSDVR is an even value from 2 to 254 and SCR is a value from 0 to 255. 6 7 15:8 SPO SPH SCR 0x0 0x0 0x0 DocID028866 Rev 5 61/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 20:16 21:22 Field name CSS FRF Reset 0X00 0x00 RW Description RW Command size select (CSS+1) defines the number of bits for the command in MicroWire mode only: 0x00: Reserved 0x01: Reserved 0x02: Reserved 0x03: 4-bit data 0x04: 5-bit data ... 0x1F: 32-bit data RW Frame format: 0: Motorola SPI frame format 2: National MicroWire frame format 24:23 SPIM 0x0 RW SPI Master transmission mode (in Motorola SPI master mode only): 00b: Full duplex mode. 01b: Transmit mode. 10b: Receive mode. 11b: Combined mode. 25 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 26 CS1 0x1 RW Chip Selection for slave one 0: the slave 1 is selected. 1: the slave 1 is not selected. 31:27 RESERVED 0x3 RW RESERVED Table 51: SPI - CR1 register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW 0 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 1 SSE 0x0 RW SPI enable. 0: SPI disable. 1: SPI enable. 2 MS 0x0 RW Master or slave mode select. 0: Master mode. 1: Slave mode. RW Slave mode output disable (slave mode only). 0: SPI can drive the MISO signal in slave mode. 1: SPI must not drive the MISO signal in slave mode. In multiple slave system, it is possible for a SPI master to broadcast a message to all slaves in the system while ensuring only one slave drives data onto the serial output line MISO. 3 62/184 Description SOD 0x0 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 5:4 RENDN 0x0 RW Receive endian format. 00b: The element is received MSByte-first and MSbit-first. 01b: The element is received LSByte-first and MSbit-first. 10b: The element is received MSByte-first and LSbit-first. 11b: The element is received LSByte-first and LSbit-first. The cases 00b and 11b are set for data frame size from 4 to 32 bits. The cases 01b and 10b are set only for data frame size 16, 24 and 32 bits. 6 MWAIT 0x0 RW MicroWire wait state bit enable: 0: No wait state 1: One wait state RW Receive interrupt FIFO level select. This bit field selects the trigger points to receive FIFO interrupt: 000b: RX FIFO contains 1 element or more. 001b: RX FIFO contains 4 elements or more. 010b: RX FIFO contains 8 elements or more. Others: Reserved. 9:7 RXIFLSEL 0x0 12:10 TXIFLSEL 0x0 RW Transmit interrupt FIFO level select. This bit field selects the trigger points to transmit FIFO interrupt: 000b: TX FIFO contains 1 element or more. 001b: TX FIFO contains 4 elements or more. 010b: TX FIFO contains 8 elements or more. Others: Reserved. 13 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 17:14 MSPIWAIT 0x0 RW Motorola SPI aait mode. This value is used to insert a wait state between frames. 19:18 TENDN 0x0 RW Transmit endian format. 00b: The element is transmitted MSByte-first and MSbit-first. 01b: The element is transmitted LSByte-first and MSbit-first. 10b: The element is transmitted MSByte-first and LSbit-first. 11b: The element is transmitted LSByte-first and LSbit-first. The cases 00b and 11b are set for data frame size from 4 to 32 bits. The cases 01b and 10b are set only for data frame size 16, 24 and 32 bits. 20 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 21 DATAINDEL 0x0 RW Data input delay. 0: No delay is inserted in data input. 1: A delay of 2 clock cycles is inserted in the data input path. 31:22 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 63/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 52: SPI - DR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit 31:0 Field name Reset DATA 0x0 RW RW Description Transmit/receive data: Read: RX FIFO is read. Write: TX FIFO is written. Data must be right-justified when a data size of less than 32-bit is programmed. Unused bits are ignored by the transmit logic. The receive logic automatically right-justifies data. Table 53: SPI - SR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit 0 Field name TFE Reset 0x1 RW Description R Transmit FIFO empty: 0: TX FIFO is not empty. 1: TX FIFO is empty. 1 TNF 0x1 R Transmit FIFO not full: 0: TX FIFO is full. 1: TX FIFO is not full. 2 RNE 0x0 R Receive FIFO not empty: 0: RX FIFO is empty. 1: RX FIFO is not empty. 3 RFF 0x0 R Receive FIFO full: 0: RX FIFO is not full. 1: RX FIFO is full. 4 BSY 0x0 R SPI busy flag: 0: SPI is idle. 1: SPI is currently transmitting and/or receiving a frame or the TX FIFO is not empty. 31:5 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 54: SPI - CPSR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x10 Bit 64/184 Field name Reset RW Description 7:0 CPSDVSR 0x0 RW Clock prescaler divisor. It must be an even number from 2 to 254. The value is used to generate the transmit and receive bit rate of the SPI. The bit rate is: FSSPCLK / [CPSDVR x (1+SCR)] where SCR is a value from 0 to 255, programmed through the SSP_CR0 register. 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 55: SPI - IMSC register description. Address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x14. Bit 0 Field name Reset RORIM 0x0 RW Description RW Receive overrun interrupt mask: 0: RX FIFO written to while full condition interrupt is masked (irq disabled). 1: RX FIFO written to while full condition interrupt is not masked (irq enabled). 1 RTIM 0x0 RW Receive timeout interrupt mask: 0: RX FIFO not empty or no read prior to the timeout period interrupt is masked (irq disabled). 1: RX FIFO not empty or no read prior to the timeout period interrupt is not masked (irq enabled). 2 RXIM 0x0 RW Receive FIFO interrupt mask: 0: Receive interrupt is masked (irq disabled). 1: Receive interrupt is not masked (irq enabled). 3 TXIM 0x0 RW Transmit FIFO interrupt mask: 0: Transmit interrupt is masked (irq disabled). 1: Transmit interrupt is not masked (irq enabled). 4 TURIM 0x0 RW Transmit underrun interrupt mask: 0: Transmit underrun interrupt is masked (irq disabled). 1: Transmit underrun interrupt is not masked (irq enabled). 5 TEIM 0x0 RW Transmit FIFO empty interrupt mask: 0: TX FIFO empty interrupt is masked (irq disabled). 1: TX FIFO empty interrupt is not masked (irq enabled). 31:6 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 56: SPI - RIS register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x18 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RORRIS 0x0 R Receive overrun raw interrupt status 1 RTRIS 0x0 R Receive time out raw interrupt status 2 RXRIS 0x0 R Receive raw interrupt status 3 TXRIS 0x0 R Transmit raw interrupt status 4 TURRIS 0x0 R Transmit underrun raw interrupt Status 5 TERIS 0x0 R Transmit FIFO empty raw interrupt status 31:6 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 57: SPI - MIS register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x1C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RORMIS 0x0 R Receive overrun masked interrupt status: gives the interrupt status after masking of the receive overrun interrupt. 1 RTMIS 0x0 R Receive time out masked interrupt status: gives the interrupt status after masking of receive timeout interrupt. 2 RXMIS 0x0 R Receive masked interrupt status: gives the interrupt status after masking of the receive interrupt. DocID028866 Rev 5 65/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 3 TXMIS 0x0 R Transmit masked interrupt status: gives the interrupt status after masking of the transmit interrupt. 4 TURMIS 0x0 R Transmit underrun masked interrupt status: gives the interrupt status after masking of the transmit underrun interrupt. 5 TEMIS 0x0 R Transmit FIFO empty masked interrupt status: gives the interrupt status after masking of the transmit FIFO empty interrupt. 31:6 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Bit Field name Reset RW 0 RORIC 0x0 W Receive overrun clear interrupt: writing 1 clears the receive overrun interrupt. 1 RTIC 0x0 W Receive time out clear interrupt: writing 1 clears the receive timeout interrupt. 2 TURIC 0x0 W Transmit underrun clear interrupt: writing 1 clears the transmit overrun interrupt. 31:3 RESERVED 0x0 RW Table 58: SPI - ICR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x20 Description RESERVED Table 59: SPI - DMACR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x24 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RXDMASE 0x0 RW Single receive DMA request. 0: Single transfer DMA in receive disable. 1: Single transfer DMA in receive enable. 1 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 2 TXDMASE 0x0 RW Single transmit DMA request. 0: Single transfer DMA in transmit disable. 1: Single transfer DMA in transmit enable. 31:3 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 60: SPI – RXFRM register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x28 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 15:0 RXFRM 0x0000 RW SPI receive frame register. Indicates the number of frames to receive from the slave. 31.16 RESERVED 0x0000 RW RESERVED Table 61: SPI – CHN register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x2C 66/184 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 CHN 0x00000000 RW DocID028866 Rev 5 Description Dummy character register. BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 62: SPI – WDTXF register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR + 0x30 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 15:0 WDTXF 0x0000 0x0000 SPI transmit FIFO receive frame number. Indicates the number of frames to receive from the TX FIFO. 31.16 RESERVED 0x0000 0x0000 RESERVED Table 63: SPI - ITCR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x80 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 1 SWAPFIFO 0x0 RW FIFO control mode: 0: FIFO normal mode. Write in TDR register puts data in TX FIFO and read from TDR register read data from RX FIFO. 1: FIFO swapped mode. Write in TDR register puts data in RX FIFO and read from TDR register read data from TX FIFO. The registers SWAPFIFO and TDR allow the TX FIFO to be cleared from unwanted data 31:2 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 64: SPI – TDR register description: address offset SPI_BASE_ADDR+0x8C Bit 31:0 Field name TDR Reset 0x00000000 RW Description RW Allows reading out data from TX FIFO if the SWAPFIFO bitfield is set. The registers SWAPFIFO and TDR allow the TX FIFO to be cleared from unwanted data All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default values. 3.9 UART 3.9.1 Introduction The BlueNRG-1 integrates a universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter that support much of the functionality of the industry-standard 16C650 UART. Main features are:         Programmable baud rates up to 2 Mbps. Programmable data frame of 5, 6, 7 or 8 bits of data. Even, odd, stick or no-parity bit generation and detection. Programmable 1 or 2 stop bit. Support of hardware flow control using CTS and RTS pins. Support of software flow control using programmable Xon/Xoff characters False start bit detection. Line break generation and detection. DocID028866 Rev 5 67/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details   3.9.2 Programmable 8-bit wide, 64-deep transmit FIFO and 12-bit wide (8-bit data and 4-bit status) , 64-deep receive FIFO. Support for direct memory access (DMA). Functional description The UART performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data asynchronously received from a peripheral device on the UART_RX pin, and parallel-to-serial conversion on data written by CPU for transmission on the UART_TX pin. The transmit and receive paths are buffered with internal FIFO memories allowing up to 64 data byte for transmission, and 64 data byte with 4-bit status (break, frame, parity, and overrun) for receive. FIFOs may be burst-loaded or emptied by the system processor from 1 to 16 words per transfer. 3.9.2.1 Data transmission or reception Data received or transmitted is stored in two 64-byte FIFOs. The receive FIFO has an extra four bits per character for the status information:   Error bits 8 to 10 are associated with a particular character: break error, parity error and framing error. Overrun indicator bit 11 is set when the FIFO is full, and the next character is completely received in the shift register. The data in the shift register is overwritten, but it is not written into the FIFO. When an empty location is available in the receive FIFO, and another character is received, the state of the overrun bit is copied into the received FIFO along with the received character. The overrun state is then cleared. Table 65: RX FIFO errors FIFO bit Function 11 Overrun indicator 10 Break error 9 Parity error 8 Framing error 7:0 Received data For transmission, data is written into the transmit FIFO. If the UART is enabled, it causes a data frame to start transmitting with the parameters indicated in LCRH_TX. Data continue to be transmitted until there is no data left in the transmit FIFO. The BUSY flag in the UARTFR register is set as soon as data is written to the transmit FIFO (that is, the FIFO is non-empty) and remains asserted while data is being transmitted. BUSY is cleared only when the transmit FIFO is empty, and the last character has been transmitted from the shift register, including the stop bits. BUSY can be set even though the UART might no longer be enabled. For each sample of data, three readings are taken and the majority value is kept. In the following paragraphs, the middle sampling point is defined, and one sample is taken either side of it. When the receiver detect a start bit, the receive counter runs and data is sampled on the 8th cycle of that counter in normal UART mode. The start bit is valid if UART_RX signal is still low on the eighth cycle of Baud16, otherwise a false start bit is detected and it is ignored. If the start bit is valid, successive data bits are sampled on every 16th cycle of Baud16 (that is 1-bit period later) according to the programmed length of the data characters. The parity bit is then checked if parity mode was enabled. Lastly, a valid stop bit is confirmed if UART_RX signal is high, otherwise a framing error has occurred. When a full word is received, the data is stored in the receive FIFO, with any error bits associated with that. The UART character frame is shown in Figure 13: "UART character frame" below. 68/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Figure 13: UART character frame The FIFOs can be disabled. In this case, the transmit and receive sides of the UART have 1-byte holding registers (the bottom entry of the FIFOs). The overrun bit is set when a word has been received, and the previous one was not yet read. In this implementation, the FIFOs are not physically disabled, but the flags are manipulated to give the illusion of a 1byte register. 3.9.2.2 Baud rate divisor The baud rate divisor is a 22-bit number consisting of a 16-bit integer (BRDI) and a 6-bit fractional part (BRDF). The fractional baud rate divider enables the use of any clock to act as UART_CLK, while it is still possible to generate all the standard baud rates. The 16-bit integer is loaded through the UART_IBRD register and the 6-bit fractional part is loaded into the UART_FBRD register. The baud rate divisor has the following relationship: When bit OVSFACT = 0b: divisor = UARTCLK/(16 x baud rate) = BRDI + BRDF. When bit OVSFACT = 1b: divisor = UARTCLK/(8 x baud rate) = BRDI + BRDF. Calculation of the fractional 6-bit number (DIVFRAC) is done by taking the fractional part of the required baud rate divisor and multiplying it by 64 (that is, 2n, where n is the width of the UART_FBRD register) and adding 0.5 to account for rounding errors: DIVFRAC = integer(BRDF * 64 + 0.5) The maximum deviation error using a 6-bit UART_FBRD register is 1/64 * 100 = 1.56%. This occurs when DIVFRAC = 1, and the error is cumulative over 64 clock ticks. Example 1: Calculating the divisor value (with OVSFACT = 0b). If the required baud rate is 460 800 and the UART clock frequency is 16 MHz then: Baud rate divisor = (16 x 106) / (16 x 460 800) = 2.170 BRDI = 2 and BRDF = 0.170 Therefore fractional part DIVFRAC = integer(BRDF * 64 + 0.5) = 11 Generated baud rate divider = 2 + (11 / 64) = 2.1718 Generated baud rate = (16 x 106) / (16 x 2.172) = 460 447 Error = (460 800 - 460 405) / 460 800 x 100 = 0.077% DocID028866 Rev 5 69/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details An internal clock enable signal, Baudl6, is generated, and is a stream of one UARTCLK wide pulses with an average frequency of 16 (OVSFACT = 0b) or 8 (OVSFACT = 1b) times the desired baud rate. This signal is then divided by 16 or 8 to give the transmit clock. A low number in the baud rate divisor gives a short bit period, and a high number in the baud rate divisor gives a long bit period. Table 66: "Typical baud rates with OVSFACT = 0" shows some typical bit rates and their corresponding divisors when OVSFACT = 0b, given the UART clock frequency of 16 MHz. Table 66: Typical baud rates with OVSFACT = 0 Required bit rate (bps) Programmed divisor Generated bit rate (bps) Error (%) 5 (6’h05) 927 557 0.646 2 (16’h0002) 11 (6’h0B) 460 447 - 0.077 230 400 4 (16’h0004) 22 (6’h16) 230 218 - 0.079 115 200 8 (16’h0008) 44 (6’h2C) 115 107 - 0.081 57 600 17 (16’h0011) 23 (6’h17) 57 606 0.010 38 400 26 (16’h001A) 3 (6’h03) 38 392 - 0.021 28 800 34 (16’h0022) 46 (6’h2E) 28 802 0.007 19 200 52 (16’h0034) 5 (6’h05) 19 201 0.005 9 600 104 (16’h0068) 11 (6’h0B) 9 599 - 0.010 2 400 416 (16’h01A0) 43 (6’h2B) 2 399 - 0.042 1 200 833 (16’h04B0) 21 (6’h15) 1 200 0 300 3333 (16’h0D05) 21 (6’h15) 300 0 110 9090 (16’h2382) 58 (6’h3A) 110 0 Integer (DIVINT) Fraction (DIVFRAC) 921 600 1 (16’h0001) 460 800 Table 67: Typical baud rates with OVSFACT = 1 Required bit rate (bps) 70/184 Programmed divisor Generated bit rate (bps) Error (%) 5 (6’h05) 1 855 115 0.646 2 (16’h0002) 11 (6’h0B) 920 895 - 0.076 460 800 4 (16’h0004) 22 (6’h16) 461 436 - 0.079 230 400 8 (16’h0008) 44 (6’h2C) 230 215 - 0.080 115 200 17 (16’h0011) 23 (6’h17) 115 212 0.010 57 600 34 (16’h0022) 46 (6’h2E) 57 605 0.009 38 400 52 (16’h0034) 5 (6’h05) 38 403 0.008 28800 69 (16’h0045) 28 (6’h1C) 28 802 0.007 19 200 104 (16’h0068) 11 (6’h0B) 19 199 - 0.005 9 600 208 (16’h00D0) 21 (6’h15) 9 600 0 Integer (DIVINT) Fraction (DIVFRAC) 1 843 200 1 (16’h0001) 921 600 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Programmed divisor Required bit rate (bps) 3.9.2.3 Generated bit rate (bps) Error (%) 21 (6’h15) 2 400 0 1666 (16’h0682) 43 (6’h2B) 1 199 -0.083 300 6666 (16’h1A0A) 43 (6’h2B) 299 -0.333 110 18181 (16’h4705) 52 (6’h34) 110 0 Integer (DIVINT) Fraction (DIVFRAC) 2 400 833 (16’h0341) 1 200 Hardware flow control The hardware flow controls feature is fully selectable through RTSEN and CTSEN in UARTCR register, and allows to control the serial data flow by using the UART_RTS output and UART_CTS input signals. Figure 14: Hardware flow control between two similar devices When the RTS flow control is enabled, the UART_RTS signal is asserted until the receive FIFO is filled up to the programmed watermark level. When the CTS flow control is enabled, the transmitter can only transmit data when the UART_CTS signal is asserted. Table 68: Control bits to enable and disable hardware flow control CTSEN RTSEN Function 0b 0b Both RTS and CTS flow control disabled. 0b 1b Only RTS flow control enabled. 1b 0b Only CTS flow control enabled. 1b 1b Both RTS and CTS flow control enabled. The RTS flow control logic is linked to the programmable receive FIFO watermark levels. When RTS flow control is enabled, the UART_RTS is asserted until the receive FIFO is DocID028866 Rev 5 71/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details filled up to the watermark level. When the receive FIFO watermark level is reached, the UART_RTS signal is de-asserted, indicating that there is no more room to receive any more data. The transmission of data is expected to cease after the current character has been transmitted. The UART_RTS signal is reasserted when data has been read out of the receive FIFO so that it is filled to less than the watermark level. If RTS flow control is disabled and the UART is still enabled, then data is received until the receive FIFO is full, or no more data is transmitted to it. If CTS flow control is enabled, then the transmitter checks the UART_CTS signal before transmitting the next byte. If the UART_CTS signal is asserted, it transmits the byte otherwise, transmission does not occur. The data continues to be transmitted while UART_CTS is asserted, and the transmit FIFO is not empty. If the transmit FIFO is empty and the UART_CTS signal is asserted no data is transmitted. If the UART_CTS signal is de-asserted and CTS flow control is enabled, then the current character transmission is completed before stopping. If CTS flow control is disabled and the UART is enabled, then the data continues to be transmitted until the transmit FIFO is empty. 3.9.2.4 Software flow control Software flow control is enabled through register UART_XFCR bit SFEN. Software receive flow control Once the software receive flow control is enabled, the receiver compares the incoming data with the programmed Xoff values. Different combinations of software receive flow control, which can be selected through SFRMOD, where only 1 character match is needed or in which 2 Xoff characters must be received sequentially. Table 69: Control bits to enable and program receive software flow control SFSEN SFRMOD Function 0b xxb Software flow control disabled. 1b 00b Software receive flow control disabled. 1b 01b Use Xon1, Xoff1 for matching. 1b 10b Use Xon2, Xoff2 for matching. 1b 11b Use Xon1 & Xon2, Xoff1 & Xoff2 for matching. If received characters match the programmed Xoff values, the transmission stops as soon as the current character is completely transferred. The interrupt bit XOFFRIS in the raw interrupt register UART_RIS is set. If the corresponding interrupt mask bit is set, the corresponding bit in the UART_MIS register is set and the UART interrupt pin is asserted. Following such a transmission suspension, the receiver will monitor incoming characters for a match with the programmed Xon values. The matching strategy is programmable through SWRFCPROG in register UART_XFCR. Once a match is found, the receiver clears the interrupt bit XOFFRIS in the raw interrupt register UART_RIS and the Xoff interrupt is disabled. The transmission can then resume normally. When the XONANY bit in register UART_XFCR is set, any incoming character is accepted as a valid Xon condition and the transmission can then resume. The received character is written into the received FIFO. If the software flow control is enabled, the received Xon/Xoff characters are never written into the received FIFO. Exceptions to this occur when the special character detection feature is enabled (Xoff2 is then written into FIFO upon a special character match) and when the Xon-any bit is set. 72/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details The received status (parity, framing and break error) of Xon/Xoff characters does not have to be valid for these characters to be accepted as valid matches. When the software transmit flow control is enabled through the SFTMOD bit field in the UART_XFCR register, the transmitter will automatically insert an Xoff character if the received FIFO has passed the received trigger level (bit field RXIFLSEL in the UART_IFLS register). The RTXDIS (remote transmitter disabled) bit in the UART_FR register is set to signal the remote transfer was stopped. When the receive FIFO falls below the trigger level, Xon character is automatically inserted in the transmission stream and the RTXDIS bit in the UART_FR register is cleared. Table 70: Control bits to enable and program transmit software flow control SFSEN SFTMOD Function 0b xxb Software flow control disabled. 1b 00b Software transmit flow control disabled. 1b 01b Use Xon1, Xoff1 for matching. 1b 10b Use Xon2, Xoff2 for matching. 1b 11b Use Xon1 and Xon2, Xoff1 and Xoff2 for matching. After Xoff character has been transmitted, if the software flow controlled is turned off, a Xon character is automatically be inserted in the transmission stream and the bit RTXDIS bit in the UART_FR register is cleared. Transmission of Xon/Xoff character follows the standard transmission protocol as programmed in the transmitter registers (word length, parity and so on). When using the software transmit flow control, there are some cautions to take to manage the interrupt handler. The software must react on RX interrupt (the flag is raised once the RX FIFO contains the RXIFSEL trigger level. Then the interrupt handler must first poll the UART_FR.RTXDIS bit until it is set to indicate the Xoff byte transmission is over and only then read the RX FIFO content. Note that hardware and software flow control cannot be enabled simultaneously. Software transmit flow control When the special character detection feature is enabled through the SPECHAR bit in the UART_XFCR register, the software flow control is turned off and the receiver compares received characters with the Xoff2 value. When a match is found, the interrupt bit XOFFRIS in the raw interrupt register UART_RIS is set. If the corresponding interrupt mask bit is set, the UART interrupt pin is asserted. The transmission is not halted. The special character is written into the received FIFO. The interrupt bit XOFFIS will be cleared when the corresponding bit in interrupt clear register is written as 1b. DocID028866 Rev 5 73/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details It is assumed that software flow control is turned off when this feature is used. The received status (i.e. parity, framing and break error) of special characters does not have to be valid for these characters to be accepted as valid matches. 3.9.2.5 UART interrupts There are six individual maskable interrupt sources generated by the UART (single interrupt signal that drives the NVIC):       TX FIFO empty interrupt Xoff/ special character interrupt Receive interrupt Transmit interrupt Timeout interrupt Error interrupt The user can enable or disable the individual interrupt sources by changing the mask bits in the UART_IMSC register. Setting the appropriate mask bit to 1b enables the interrupt. The status of the individual interrupt sources can be read from the UART_RIS register (raw interrupt status) or from the UART_MIS register (masked interrupt status). 3.9.2.6 TX FIFO empty interrupt The TX FIFO empty interrupt is asserted whenever the BUSY status bit goes low to indicate that all DATA has been transmitted. This BUSY bit remains set until the complete byte, including all the stop bits, has been sent from the shift register. So, the new TX FIFO empty interrupt is asserted when the transmit FIFO and the transmit shift register are empty. 3.9.2.7 Xoff/ special character interrupt The Xoff/special character interrupt is asserted whenever Xoff condition is detected by the receiver (incoming data matches with the programmable Xoff values), or when a special character detection was performed (incoming data matches with the Xoff2 and SPECHAR bit set). 3.9.2.8 Receive interrupt The receive interrupt is asserted HIGH when one of the following conditions occurs:   3.9.2.9 If the FIFOs are enabled and the number of characters received reaches the programmed trigger watermark level. The receive interrupt is cleared by reading data from the receive FIFO until it becomes less than the programmed watermark level, or by clearing the interrupt by writing a 1b to the corresponding bit in the UART_ICR register. If the FIFOs are disabled (have a depth of one location) and there is a data present in the receiver single location. It is cleared by performing a single read. Transmit interrupt The transmit interrupt is asserted HIGH when one of the following conditions occurs:  74/184 If the FIFOs are enabled and the number of characters in the transmit FIFO is less than the programmed watermark level. It is cleared by performing writes to the transmit FIFO until it holds more characters than the programmed watermark level, or by clearing the interrupt by software. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details  If the FIFOs are disabled (have a depth of one location) and there is no data present in the transmitter single location. It is cleared by performing a single write to the transmit FIFO, or by clearing the interrupt by software. The transmit FIFO service interrupt is based on a transition through a level, rather than on the level itself. When the interrupt and the UART are enabled before any data is written to the transmit FIFO, the interrupt is not set. The interrupt is only set once written data leaves the single location of the transmit FIFO and it becomes empty. When the TX FIFO is disabled, the DATA can be written on the bottom of the FIFO during the transmission of a previous DATA, or in another words, when the holding register is busy. The interrupt is de-asserted when we write the next DATA on the bottom of the TX FIFO. If we write DATA only on the holding register and the bottom of the TX FIFO is empty, the only way to clear the interrupt is by the software. 3.9.2.10 Timeout interrupt The receive timeout interrupt is asserted when the receive FIFO is not empty, and no further data is received (or no correct start bit of a frame is detected in the RX line) over a programmable timeout period. This mechanism ensures that the user is aware that data is still present in the receive FIFO and requires servicing. The receive timeout interrupt is cleared either when the FIFO becomes empty through reading all the data (or by reading the holding register), or when a 1b is written to the corresponding bit of the UART_ICR register. 3.9.2.11 Error interrupt The error interrupt is asserted when an error occurs in the reception of data by the UART. The interrupt can be caused by the following error conditions:     Framing Parity Break Overrun The cause of the interrupt is available by reading the UART_RIS or UART_MIS registers. The interrupt can be cleared by writing to the relevant bits of the UART_ICR register. 3.9.3 UART registers UART peripheral base address (UART_BASE_ADDR) 0x40300000. DocID028866 Rev 5 75/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 71: UART registers 76/184 Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 DR RW 0x00000000 Data register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 RSR R 0x00000000 Receive status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 ECR W 0x00000000 Error clear register. A write to this register clears the framing (FE), parity (PE), break (BE), and overrun (OE) errors. 0x0C TIMEOUT RW 0x000001FF Timeout register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x18 FR R 0x00001E90 Flag register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x1C LCRH_RX RW 0x00000000 Receive line control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x24 IBRD RW 0x00000000 Integer baud rate register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x28 FBRD RW 0x00000000 Fractional baud rate register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x2C LCRH_TX RW 0x00000000 Transmit line control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x30 CR RW 0x00040300 Control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x34 IFLS RW 0x00000012 Interrupt FIFO level select register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x38 IMSC RW 0x00000000 Interrupt mask set/clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x3C RIS R 0x00000000 Raw interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x40 MIS R 0x00000000 Masked interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x44 ICR W 0x00000000 Interrupt clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x48 DMACR RW 0x00000000 DMA control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x50 XFCR RW 0x00000000 XON/XOFF control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x54 XON1 RW 0x00000000 Register used to store the Xon1 character used for software flow control. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x58 XON2 RW 0x00000000 Register used to store the Xon2 character used for software flow control. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x5C XOFF1 RW 0x00000000 Register used to store the Xoff1 character used for software flow control. Refer to the detailed description below. Description DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Address offset Name RW Reset 0x60 XOFF2 RW 0x00000000 Description Register used to store the Xoff2 character used for software flow control. Refer to the detailed description below. Table 72: UART - DR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW Description UART data register: Receive: read data character. Transmit: write data character. 7:0 DATA 0x0 RW 8 FE 0x0 R Frame error. This bit is set to 1 if the received character did not have a valid stop bit. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. R Parity error. This bit is set to 1 if the parity of the received data character does not match the parity selected as defined by bits 2 and 7 of the LCRH_RX register. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. R Break error. This bit is set to 1 if a break condition was detected, indicating that the received data input was held low for longer than a full-word transmission time (defined as start, data, parity and stop bits). In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is loaded into the FIFO. The next character is only enabled after the receive data input goes to HIGH (marking state), and the next valid start bit is received 9 PE 10 BE 0x0 0x0 11 OE 0x0 R Overrun error. This bit is set to 1 if data is received and the receive FIFO is already full. This is cleared to 0b once there is an empty space in the FIFO and a new character can be written to it. The FIFO content remains valid since no further data is written when the FIFO is full, only the content of the shift register is overwritten. 31:12 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 73: UART - RSR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit 0 1 Field name FE PE Reset 0x0 0x0 RW Description R Frame error. This bit is set to 1 if the received character did not have a valid stop bit (a valid stop bit is 1).This bit is cleared to 0b after a write to ECR. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. R Parity error. This bit is set to 1 if the parity of the received data character does not match the parity selected as defined by bits 2 and 7 of the LCRH_RX register. This bit is cleared to 0b after a write to ECR. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. DocID028866 Rev 5 77/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 2 Field name BE Reset 0x0 RW Description R Break error. This bit is set to 1 if a break condition was detected, indicating that the received data input was held low for longer than a full-word transmission time (defined as start, data, parity and stop bits). This bit is cleared to 0b after a write to ECR. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is loaded into the FIFO. The next character is only enabled after the receive data input goes to HIGH (marking state), and the next valid start bit is received. 3 OE 0x0 R Overrun error. This bit is set to 1 if data is received and the receive FIFO is already full. This is cleared to 0 by a write to ECR (data value is not important). The FIFO contents remain valid since no further data is written when the FIFO is full, only the content of the shift register are overwritten. The CPU or DMA must now read the data in order to empty the FIFO. 31:4 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 74: UART - TIMEOUT register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 21:0 PERIOD 0x1FF RW Timeout period configuration. This bit field contains the timeout period for the UART timeout interrupt assertion. The receive timeout interrupt is asserted when the receive FIFO is not empty and no further data is received over a programmed timeout period. The duration before the timeout interrupt assert is calculated by the following formula: timeout = PERIOD / (OverSamplingFactor * BaudRate) Where OverSamplingFactor is: 16 if OVSFACT is 0 8 if OVSFACT is 1. 31:22 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 75: UART - FR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x18 78/184 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 CTS 0x0 R Clear to send. 2:1 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 3 BUSY 0x0 R UART Busy. If this bit is set to 1, the UART is busy transmitting data. This bit remains set until the complete byte, including all the stop bits, has been sent from the shift register. However, if the transmit section of the UART is disabled in the middle of a transmission, the BUSY bit gets cleared. This bit is set again once the transmit section is re-enabled to complete the remaining transmission. This bit is set as soon as the transmit FIFO becomes nonempty (regardless of whether the UART is enabled or not). 4 RXFE 0x1 R Receive FIFO empty. If the FIFO is disabled (bit FEN = 0b), this bit is set when the receive holding register is empty. If the FIFO is enabled (FEN = 1b), the RXFE bit is set when the receive FIFO is empty. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 5 6 Field name TXFF RXFF Reset 0x0 0x0 RW Description R Transmit FIFO full. If the FIFO is disabled (bit FEN = 0b), this bit is set when the transmit holding register is full. If the FIFO is enabled (FEN = 1b), the TXFF bit is set when the transmit FIFO is full. R Receive FIFO full. If the FIFO is disabled (bit FEN = 0b), this bit is set when the receive holding register is full. If the FIFO is enabled (FEN = 1b), the RXFF bit is set when the receive FIFO is full. 7 TXFE 0x1 R Transmit FIFO empty. If the FIFO is disabled (bit FEN = 0b), this bit is set when the transmit holding register is empty. If the FIFO is enabled (FEN = 1b), the TXFE bit is set when the transmit FIFO is empty. 8 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 9 DCTS 0x1 R Delta clear to send. This bit is set CTS changes since the last read of the FR register. 12:10 RESERVED 0x7 R RESERVED 13 RTXDIS 0x0 R Remote transmitter disabled (software flow control). This bit indicates an Xoff character was sent to the remote transmitter to stop it after the received FIFO has passed over its trigger limit. This bit is cleared when a Xon character is sent to the remote transmitter. 31:14 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 76: UART - LCRH_RX register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x1C Bit Field name Reset RW 0 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 1 PEN_RX 0x0 RW RX parity enable: 0: Parity disabled. 1: Parity enabled. RW RX even parity selection, when the parity is enabled. 0: Odd parity generation and checking is performed during reception, which check for an odd number of 1s in data and parity bits. 1: Even parity generation and checking is performed during reception, which check for an even number of 1s in data and parity bits. RW RX two stop bits select. This bit enables the check for two stop bits being received: 0: 1 stop bit received. 1: 2 stop bits received. RW RX enable FIFOs. This bit enables/disables the receive RX FIFO buffer: 0: RX FIFO is disabled (character mode). 1: RX FIFO is enabled. 2 3 4 EPS_RX STP2_RX FEN_RX 0x0 0x0 0x0 Description DocID028866 Rev 5 79/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name 6:5 WLEN_RX Reset 0x0 RW Description RW RX word length. This bit field indicates the number of data bits received in a frame as follows: 00b: 5 bits. 01b: 6 bits. 10b: 7 bits. 11b: 8 bits. 7 SPS_RX 0x0 RW RX stick parity select: 0: stick parity is disabled. 1: when PEN_RX = 1b (parity enabled) and EPS_RX = 1b (even parity), the parity is checked as a 0. When PEN_RX = 1b and EPS_RX = 0b (odd parity), the parity bit is checked as a 1. 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 77: UART - IBRD register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x24 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 15:0 DIVINT 0x0 RW Baud rate integer. The baud rate divisor is calculated as follows: When OVSFACT = 0b in the CR register: Baud rate divisor = (Frequency (UARTCLK)/(16*Baud rate)) When OVSFACT = 1b in CR register: Baud rate divisor = (Frequency (UARTCLK)/(8*Baud rate)) where frequency (UARTCLK) is the UART reference clock frequency. The baud rate divisor comprises the integer value (DIVINT) and the fractional value (DIVFRAC). The contents of the IBRD and FBRD registers are not updated until transmission or reception of the current character has completed. 31:16 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 78: UART - FBRD register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x28 Bit 80/184 Field name Reset RW Description 5:0 DIVFRAC 0x0 RW Baud rate fraction. Baud rate integer. The baud rate divisor is calculated as follows: When OVSFACT = 0b in the CR register: Baud rate divisor = (Frequency (UARTCLK)/(16*Baud rate)) When OVSFACT = 1b in CR register: Baud rate divisor = (frequency (UARTCLK)/(8*Baud rate)) where frequency (UARTCLK) is the UART reference clock frequency. The baud rate divisor comprises the integer value (DIVINT) and the fractional value (DIVFRAC). The contents of the IBRD and FBRD registers are not updated until transmission or reception of the current character has completed. 31:6 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 79: UART - LCRH_TX register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x2C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 BRK 0x0 RW Send break. This bit allows a continuous low-level to be forced on TX output, after completion of the current character. This bit must be asserted for at least one complete frame transmission time in order to generate a break condition. The transmit FIFO contents remain unaffected during a break condition. 0: Normal transmission. 1: Break condition transmission. 1 PEN_TX 0x0 RW TX parity enable: 0: Parity disabled. 1: Parity Enable. RW TX even parity select. This bit selects the parity generation, when the parity is enabled (PEN_TX =1b). This bit has no effect when parity is disabled (PEN_TX = 0b). 0: Odd parity generation and checking is performed during transmission, which check for an odd number of 1s in data and parity bits. 1: Even parity generation and checking is performed during transmission, which check for an even number of 1s in data and parity bits. RW TX two stop bits select. This bit enables the check for two stop bits being received: 0: 1 stop bit received. 1: 2 stop bits received. RW TX Enable FIFO. This bit enables/disables the transmit TX FIFO buffer: 0: TX FIFO is disabled (character mode), i.e. the TX FIFO becomes a 1-byte deep holding register. 1: TX FIFO is enabled. RW TX word length. This bit field indicates the number of data bits transmitted in a frame as follows: 00b: 5 bits. 01b: 6 bits. 10b: 7 bits. 11b: 8 bits. 2 3 4 6:5 EPS_TX STP2_TX FEN_TX WLEN_TX 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 7 SPS_TX 0x0 RW TX stick parity check: 0: stick parity disable. 1: when PEN_TX = 1b (parity enabled) and EPS_TX = 1b (even parity), the parity is transmitted as a 0. When PEN_TX = 1b and EPS_TX = 0b (odd parity), the parity bit is transmitted as a 1. 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 81/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 80: UART - CR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x30 Bit Reset RW Description 0 EN 0x0 RW UART enable. This bit enables the UART. 0: UART is disabled. 1: UART is enabled. Data transmission and reception can occur. When the UART is disabled in the middle of transmission or reception, it completes the current character before stopping. 2:1 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 3 OVSFACT 0x0 RW UART oversampling factor. This bit enables the UART oversampling factor. If UARTCLK is 16 MHz thus max. baudrate is 1 Mbaud when OVSFACT = 0b, and 2 Mbaud when OVSFACT = 1b. 0: UART it is 16 UARTCLK clock cycles. 1: UART it is 8 UARTCLK clock cycles. 7:4 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 8 TXE 0x1 RW Transmit enable. 0b: UART TX disabled. 1b: UART TX enabled. 9 RXE 0x1 RW Receive enable. 0b: UART RX disabled. 1b: UART RX enabled. 10 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 11 RTS 0x0 RW Request to send. 0: RTS is high. 1: RTS is low. 13:12 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED RW RTS hardware flow control enable. 0b: RTS disabled. 1b: RTS enabled. Data is only requested when there is space in the receive FIFO for it to be received. RW CTS hardware flow control enable. 0b: CTS disabled. 1b: CTS enabled. Data is only transmitted when the CTS is asserted. RW START bit duration receiver state. These bits can be used to configure the START bit duration (in clock cycles) to get the bit sampled in the middle of the UART receiver. These bits can be used only when using high baud rates (IBRD = 1, FBRD ≥ 0 and OVSFACT = 1). Below the formula to calculate the START bit duration receiver state: STA_B_DURATION = Integer(Fuartclk/(2* BAUD RATE)) - 1 Example: when UARTCLK = 16 MHz and BAUD RATE = 2.0 Mbps then STA_B_DURATION = 4 - 1 = 3. STA_B_DURATION field should be configured with 4'b0011. 14 15 19:16 82/184 Field name RTSEN CTSEN STA_B_DURATION 0x0 0x0 0x4 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW 31:20 RESERVED 0x0 RW Description RESERVED Table 81: UART - IFLS register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x34 Bit 2:0 Field name TXIFLSEL Reset 0x2 RW Description RW Transmit interrupt FIFO level select. This bit field selects the trigger points for TX FIFO interrupt: 000b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/64 empty. 001b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/32 empty. 010b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/16 empty. 011b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/8 empty. 100b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/4 empty. 101b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/2 empty. 110b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 3/4 empty. 5:3 RXIFLSEL 0x2 RW Receive interrupt FIFO level select. This bit field selects the trigger points for RX FIFO interrupt: 000b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/64 full. 001b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/32 full. 010b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/16 full. 011b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/8 full. 100b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/4 full. 101b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 1/2 full. 110b: Interrupt when FIFO ≥ 3/4 full. 31:6 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 82: UART - IMSC register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x38 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 1 CTSMIM 0x0 RW Clear to send modem interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the CTSMIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). 3:2 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED RW Receive interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the RXIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). RW Transmit interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the TXIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). RW Receive timeout interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the RTIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). 4 5 6 RXIM TXIM RTIM 0x0 0x0 0x0 DocID028866 Rev 5 83/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name 7 Reset FEIM 8 0x0 PEIM 9 0x0 BEIM 10 0x0 OEIM 11 0x0 XOFFIM 0x0 RW Description RW Framing error interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the FEIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). RW Parity error interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the PEIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). RW Break error interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the BEIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). RW Overrun error interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the OEIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). RW XOFF interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the XOFFIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). 12 TXFEIM 0x0 RW TX FIFO empty interrupt mask. On a read, the current mask for the TXFEIM interrupt is returned. 0: Clears the mask (interrupt is disabled). 1: Sets the mask (interrupt is enabled). 31:13 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 83: UART - RIS register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x3C 84/184 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 1 CTSMIS 0x0 R Clear to send interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 3:2 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 4 RXIS 0x0 R Receive interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 5 TXIM 0x0 R Transmit interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 6 RTIS 0x0 R Receive timeout interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 7 FEIS 0x0 R Framing error interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 8 PEIS 0x0 R Parity error interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 9 BEIS 0x0 R Break error interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 10 OEIS 0x0 R Overrun error interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 11 XOFFIS 0x0 R XOFF interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 12 TXFEIS 0x0 R TX FIFO empty interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 31:13 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 84: UART - MIS register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x40 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 1 CTSMMIS 0x0 R Clear to send masked interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 3:2 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED R Receive masked interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 4 RXMIS 0x0 5 TXMIS 0x0 R Transmit masked interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 6 RTMIS 0x0 R Receive timeout masked interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 7 FEMIS 0x0 R Framing error masked interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 8 PEMIS 0x0 R Parity error masked interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. DocID028866 Rev 5 85/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 9 BEMIS 0x0 R Break error masked interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 10 OEMIS 0x0 R Overrun error masked interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 11 XOFFMIS 0x0 R XOFF interrupt masked status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 12 TXFEMIS 0x0 R TX FIFO empty masked interrupt status. 0: The interrupt is not pending. 1: The interrupt is pending. 31:13 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 85: UART - ICR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x44 Bit Field name Reset RW 0 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Clear to send modem interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. 1 CTSMIC 0x0 W 3:2 RESERVED 0x0 RW 4 RXIC 0x0 W Receive interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. W Transmit interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. W Receive timeout interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. 5 6 86/184 Description TXIC RTIC 0x0 0x0 RESERVED 7 FEIC 0x0 W Framing error interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. 8 PEIC 0x0 W Parity error interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. 9 BEIC 0x0 W Break error interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. 10 OEIC 0x0 W Overrun error interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 11 XOFFIC 0x0 W XOFF interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. 12 TXFEIC 0x0 W TX FIFO empty interrupt clear. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. 31:13 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 86: UART - DMACR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x48 Bit 0 Field name RXDMAE Reset 0x0 RW Description RW Receive DMA enable bit. 0: DMA mode is disabled for reception. 1: DMA mode is enabled for reception. 1 TXDMAE 0x0 RW Transmit DMA enable bit. 0: DMA mode is disabled for transmit. 1: DMA mode is enabled for transmit. 2 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 3 DMAONERR 0x0 RW DMA on error. 0: UART error interrupt status has no impact in receive DMA mode. 1: DMA receive requests are disabled when the UART error interrupt is asserted. 31:4 RESERVED 0x0 RW RW RESERVED Table 87: UART - XFCR register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x50 Bit 0 2:1 4:3 Field name SFEN SFRMOD SFTMOD Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description RW Software flow control enable. 0: Software flow control disable. 1: software flow control enable. RW Software receive flow control mode: 00b: Receive flow control is disabled. 01b: Xon1, Xoff1 characters are used in receiving software flow control. 10b: Xon2, Xoff2 characters are used in receiving software flow control. 11b: Xon1 and Xon2, Xoff1 and Xoff2 characters are used in receiving software flow control. RW Software transmit flow control mode: 00b: Transmit flow control is disabled. 01b: Xon1, Xoff1 characters are used in transmitting software flow control. 10b: Xon2, Xoff2 characters are used in transmitting software flow control. 11b: Xon1 and Xon2, Xoff1 and Xoff2 characters are used in transmitting software flow control. DocID028866 Rev 5 87/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name 5 XONANY Reset 0x0 RW Description RW Xon-any bit: 0: Incoming character must match Xon programmed value(s) to be a valid Xon. 1: Any incoming character is considered as a valid Xon. 6 SPECHAR 0x0 RW Special character detection bit. 0: Special character detection disabled. 1: Special character detection enabled. 31:7 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 88: UART - XON1 register description: address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x54 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 7:0 XON1 0x0 RW Value of Xon1 character used in the software flow control 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RW RESERVED Table 89: UART - XON2 register description. Address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x58. Bit Field name Reset RW Description 7:0 XON2 0x0 RW Value of Xon2 character used in the software flow control 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 90: UART - XOFF1 register description. Address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x5C. Bit Field name Reset RW Description 7:0 XOFF1 0x0 RW Value of Xoff1 character used in the software flow control 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 91: UART - XOFF2 register description. Address offset UART_BASE_ADDR+0x60. Bit Field name Reset RW Description 7:0 XOFF2 0x0 RW Value of Xoff2 character used in the software flow control 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default values. 3.10 I 2C 3.10.1 Introduction The BlueNRG-1 integrates two I²C controllers in the QFN32 package (I2C2 and I2C1), and one in the WCSP34 package (I2C2). The I²C controller interface is designed to support the physical and data link layer according to I²C standard revision 3.0 and provides a low-cost interconnection between ICs. 88/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Main features are:         3.10.2 Up to 400 Kb/s in fast mode and up to 100 Kb/s in standard mode. Operating modes supported are master mode, slave mode, master/slave mode for multi-master system with bus arbitration. Programmable 7-bit or 10-bit addressing (also with combined formats). Programmable start byte procedure. 16-byte depth RX FIFO and 16-byte depth TX FIFO. Spike digital filtering on the SDA and SCL lines. Control timing constraint defined by the I²C standard. Support for direct memory access (DMA). Functional description Two wires, serial data (SDA) and serial clock (SCL) carry information between the devices connected to the bus. Each device has a unique address and can operate as either a transmitter or receiver, depending on the function of the device. A master is the device that initiates a data transfer on the bus and generates the clock signal. Any device addressed is considered at that time a slave. The I²C bus is a multi-master bus where more than one device is capable of controlling the bus. This means that more than one master could try to initiate a data transfer at the same time. The arbitration procedure relies on the wired-AND connection of all I²C interfaces to the I²C bus. If two or more masters try to put information onto the bus, the first to produce a ‘one’ when the other produces a ‘zero’ will lose the arbitration. The clock signals during arbitration are a synchronized combination of the clocks generated by the masters using the wired-AND connection to the SCL line. Generation of clock signals on the I²C bus is always the responsibility of master devices; each master generates its own clock signals when transferring data to the bus. Bus clock signals from a master can only be altered when they are stretched by a slow slave device holding down the clock line, or by another master when arbitration occurs. Two modes:   3.10.2.1 Standard mode with bit rate up to 100 Kb/s Fast mode with bit rate up to 400 Kb/s I2C FIFO management The transmit and receive paths are buffered with internal FIFO memory enabling up to 16 bytes to be stored independently in both transmit and receive modes. The FIFOs status can be checked using the I²C interrupts. There is a programmable threshold value for each FIFO. When the number of entries is greater for the receive FIFO or less for the transmit FIFO, an interrupt is set. 3.10.2.2 I²C clock rate calculation To define the I²C clock rate generation there is one register to configure: BRCR. The clock rate can be calculated using this formula: Where:   fI2C is the I²C peripheral clock, clocked on the system clock divided by 3. BRCNT2 is a field of the BRCR register. DocID028866 Rev 5 89/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details  Foncycle depends on a programmable field of the CR register:  CR: FON = “00” → Filter the clock spike wide = 0 → Foncycle = 1  CR: FON = “01” → Filter the clock spike wide = 1 → Foncycle = 3  CR: FON = “10” → Filter the clock spike wide = 2 → Foncycle = 4  CR: FON = “11” → Filter the clock spike wide = 4 → Foncycle = 6 The minimum input clock frequency for the I²C is:   3.10.2.3 1.4 MHz if the I²C is in standard mode at 100 kHz. 7.2 MHz if the I²C is in fast mode at 400 kHz. I²C configuration Following a reset, the I²C logic is disabled and must be configured when in this state. The control register (CR) and baud rate register (BRCR) need to be programmed to configure the following parameters of the peripheral:     Master or slave. 7- or 10-bit addressing mode. Speed mode. Clock rate. If in slave mode, the SCR register has to be programmed with the selected slave address. Then, if in master mode, the MCR register is used to define the transaction:      Read or write. Slave addresses (7- or 10-bit) to communicate with. Addressing a 7- or 10-bit slave address. Stop condition, to generate a stop or restart condition at the end of the transaction (for consecutive transactions). Transaction length. For a master write, the data to transmit have to be written to the transmit FIFO in the I2C_TFR register. For a master read, when the master transaction is done, data are available in the receive FIFO in I2C_RFR. 3.10.2.4 DMA interface The I²C controller includes a specific DMA interface. The following section describes the signals interface, data flow and programming model for the RX and the TX paths. The DMA interfaces are separated for each path and two DMA request channels shall be used for a device. In RX mode, a DMA transfer based on a single descriptor shall be used and the DMA RX channel must be programmed for a peripheral-to-memory transfer where the flow controller is the DMA. Each descriptor is related to a single I²C transaction (master read or write-toslave operation) and no linked list item should be used. The transfer length is programmed on the DMA and the termination of the frame transfer is notified by the assertion of the related interrupt I2C_RISR:STD or I2C_RISR:MTD bits. In case of read-from-slave operation, on the DMA (master device) the transfer length shall be programmed according to the I2C_MCR:LENGTH register field. In case of write-to-slave operation, on the DMA 90/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details (slave device) the maximum length (not the real length because it is unknown) shall be programmed. In TX mode, a DMA transfer based on a single descriptor shall be used and the DMA TX channel must be programmed for a memory-to-peripheral transfer where the flow controller is the DMA. Each descriptor is related to a single I²C transaction (master write or readfrom-slave operation) and no linked list item should be used. The transfer length is programmed on the DMA and the termination of the frame transfer is notified by the assertion of the related interrupt I2C_RISR:STD or I2C_RISR:MTD bits. In case of write-toslave operation, on the DMA (master device) the transfer length shall be programmed according to the I2C_MCR:LENGTH register field. In case of read-from-slave operation, on the DMA (slave device) the maximum length (not the real length because it is unknown) shall be programmed. 3.10.3 I²C registers I2C2 peripheral base address (I2C2_BASE_ADDR) 0x40A00000 I2C1 peripheral base address (I2C1_BASE_ADDR) 0x40B00000 Table 92: I2Cx registers Address offset Name RW Reset Description 0x00 CR RW 0x00000000 I²C control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 SCR RW 0x000F0055 I²C slave control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x0C MCR RW 0x00000000 I²C master control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x10 TFR RW 0x00000000 I²C transmit FIFO register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x14 SR R 0x00000000 I²C status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x18 RFR R 0x00000000 I²C receive FIFO register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x1C TFTR RW 0x00000000 I²C transmit FIFO threshold register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x20 RFTR RW 0x00000000 I²C receive FIFO threshold register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x24 DMAR RW 0x00000000 I²C DMA register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x28 BRCR RW 0x00000008 I²C baud-rate counter register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x2C IMSCR RW 0x00000000 I²C interrupt mask set/clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x30 RISR R 0x00000013 I²C raw interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x34 MISR R 0x00000000 I²C masked interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x38 ICR RW 0x00000000 I²C interrupt clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. DocID028866 Rev 5 91/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Address offset Name RW Reset 0x4C THDDAT RW 0x00000014 I²C hold time data. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x50 THDSTA_FST_STD RW 0x003F00E2 I²C hold time start condition F/S. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x54 RESERVED RW 0x00000019 RESERVED 0x58 TSUSTA_FST_STD RW 0x001D00E2 I²C setup time start condition F/S. Refer to the detailed description below. Description Table 93: I2C - CR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit 0 2:1 3 5:4 6 92/184 Field name PE OM SAM SM SGCM Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description RW I²C enable disable: 0: I²C disable. 1: I²C enable. This bit when deasserted works as software reset for I²C peripheral. RW Select the operating mode: 00b: Slave mode. The peripheral can only respond (transmit/receive) when addressed by a master device 01b: Master mode. The peripheral works in a multi-master system where it cannot be addressed by another master device. It can only initiate a new transfer as master device. 10b: Master/slave mode. The peripheral works in a multimaster system where it can be addressed by another master device, besides to initiate a transfer as master device. RW Slave addressing mode. SAM defines the slave addressing mode when the peripheral works in slave or master/slave mode. The received address is compared with the content of the register SCR. 0: 7-bit addressing mode. 1: 10-bit addressing mode. RW Speed mode. SM defines the speed mode related to the serial bit rate: 0: Standard mode (up to 100 k/s). 1: Fast mode (up to 400 k/s). RW Slave general call mode defines the operating mode of the slave controller when a general call is received. This setting does not affect the hardware general call that is always managed in transparent mode. 0: transparent mode, the slave receiver recognizes the general call but any action is taken by the hardware after the decoding of the message included in the Rx FIFO. 1: direct mode, the slave receiver recognizes the general call and executes directly (without software intervention) the related actions. Only the status code word is stored in the I2C_SR register for notification to the application. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 7 8 9 Field name FTX FRX DMA_TX_EN Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description RW FTX flushes the transmit circuitry (FIFO, fsm). The configuration of the I²C node (register setting) is not affected by the flushing operation. The flushing operation is performed on modules working on different clock domains (system and I²C clocks) and needs several system clock cycles before being completed. Upon completion, the I²C node (internal logic) clears this bit. The application must not access the Tx FIFO during the flushing operation and should poll on this bit waiting for completion. 0: Flush operation is completed (I2C controller clears the bit). 1: Flush operation is started and in progress (set by application). RW FRX flushes the receive circuitry (FIFO, fsm).The configuration of the I²C node (register setting) is not affected by the flushing operation. The flushing operation is performed on modules working on different clock domains (system and I²C clocks) and needs several system clock cycles before to be completed. Upon completion, the I²C node (internal logic) clears this bit. The application must not access the Rx FIFO during the flushing operation and should poll on this bit waiting for the completion. 0: Flush operation is completed (I2C controller clears the bit). 1: Flush operation is started and in progress (set by application). RW Enables the DMA TX interface. 0: Idle state, the DMA TX interface is disabled. 1: Run state, the DMA TX interface is enabled. On the completion of the DMA transfer, the DMA TX interface is automatically turned off clearing this bit when the end of transfer signal coming from the DMA is raised. DMA_TX_EN and DMA_RX_EN must not enabled at the same time. 10 DMA_RX_EN 0x0 RW Enables the DMA RX interface. 0: Idle state, the DMA RX interface is disabled. 1: Run state, the DMA RX interface is enabled. On the completion of the DMA transfer, the DMA RX interface is automatically turned off clearing this bit when the end of transfer signal coming from the DMA is raised. DMA_TX_EN and DMA_RX_EN must not enabled at the same time. 12:11 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED RW Filtering on sets the digital filters on the SDA, SCL line, according to the I²C bus requirements, when standard opendrain pads are used: 00b: No digital filters are inserted. 01b: Digital filters (filter 1 ck wide spikes) are inserted. 10b: Digital filters (filter 2 ck wide spikes) are inserted. 11b: Digital filters (filter 4 ck wide spikes) are inserted. 14:13 FON 0x0 DocID028866 Rev 5 93/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 15 FS_1 0x0 RW Force stop enable bit. When set to 1b, the STOP condition is generated. 0: Force stop disabled. 1: Enable force stop. 31:16 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 94: I2C - SCR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW 6:0 SA7 0x55 RW Slave address 7-bit. SA7 includes the slave address 7-bit or the LSB bits of the slave address 10-bit 9:7 ESA10 0x0 RW Extended slave address 10-bit. ESA10 includes the extension (MSB bits) to the SA7 register field in case of slave addressing mode set to 10-bit 15:10 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED RW Slave data setup time. SLSU defines the data setup time after SCL clock stretching in terms of i2c_clk cycles. Data setup time is actually equal to SLSU-1 clock cycles. The typical values for i2c_clk of 16 MHz are SLSU = 5 in standard mode and SLSU = 3 in fast modes. 31:16 SLSU 0xF Description Table 95: I2C2 - MCR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 OP 0x0 RW Operation 0: Indicates a master write operation. 1: Indicates a master read operation. 7:1 A7 0x0 RW Address. Includes the 7-bit address or the LSB bits of the10bit address used to initiate the current transaction 10:8 EA10 0x0 RW Extended address. Includes the extension (MSB bits) of the field A7 used to initiate the current transaction RW Start byte: 0: The start byte procedure is not applied to the current transaction. 1: The start byte procedure is prefixed to the current transaction. RW Address type: 00b: The transaction is initiated by a general call command. In this case the fields OP, A7, EA10 are "don't care". 01b: The transaction is initiated by the 7-bit address included in the A7 field. 10b: The transaction is initiated by the 10-bit address included in the EA10 and A7 fields. RW Stop condition: 0: The current transaction is not terminated by a STOP condition. A repeated START condition is generated on the next operation which is required to avoid to stall the I²C line. 1: The current transaction is terminated by a STOP condition. 11 13:12 14 94/184 SB AM P 0x0 0x0 0x0 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 25:15 LENGTH 0x0 RW Transaction length. Defines the length, in terms of the number of bytes to be transmitted (MW) or received (MR). In case of write operation, the payload is stored in the Tx FIFO. A transaction can be larger than the Tx FIFO size. In case of read operation the length refers to the number of bytes to be received before generating a not-acknowledge response. A transaction can be larger than the Rx FIFO size. The I²C clock line is stretched low until the data in Rx FIFO are consumed. 31:26 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 96: I2C - TFR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x10 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 7:0 TDATA 0x0 RW Transmission data. TDATA contains the payload related to a master write or read-from-slave operation to be written in the Tx FIFO. TDATA(0) is the first LSB bit transmitted over the I²C line. In case of master write operation, the Tx FIFO shall be preloaded otherwise the I²C controller cannot start the operation until data are available. In case of read-from-slave operation, when the slave is addressed, the interrupt RISR:RFSR bit is asserted and the CPU shall download the data in the FIFO. If the FIFO is empty and the I²C master is still requiring data, a new request (RISR:RFSE interrupt bit) is asserted to require additional data to the CPU. The slave controller stretches the I²C clock line when no data are available for transmission. Since the Tx FIFO could contain some pending data related to the previous transfer (the transfer length may be unknown to the slave controller), the Tx FIFO is self-flushed before asserting the I2C_RISR:RFSR bit. Upon completion of the read-from-slave operation the interrupt bit I2C_RISR:STD is asserted and the related status of the operation is stored in the I2C_SR register. In CPU mode, the FIFO management is based on the assertion of the interrupt bit RISR:TXFNE, related to the nearly-empty threshold. In DMA mode, the single/burst requests are automatically executed based on the number of entries available in the TX FIFO and the related destination burst size programmed in the I2C_DMAR:DBSIZE_TX register field. The DMA requests are terminated at the end of the I²C read operation (not acknowledge received by the master) by a dummy last single/burst request. 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 95/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 97: I2C - SR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x14 Bit 1:0 3:2 6:4 8:7 96/184 Field name OP STATUS CAUSE TYPE Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description R Operation: 00b: MW: master write operation. 01b: MR: master read operation. 10b: WTS: write-to-slave operation. 11b: RFS: read-from-slave operation. R Controller status. Valid for the operations MW, MR, WTS RFS: 00b: NOP: No operation is in progress. 01b: ON_GOING: An operation is ongoing. 10b: OK: The operation (OP field) has been completed successfully. 11b: ABORT: The operation (OP field) has been aborted due to the occurrence of the event described in the CAUSE field. R Abort cause. This field is valid only when the STATUS field contains the ABORT tag. Others: RESERVED. 000b: NACK_ADDR: The master receives a notacknowledge after the transmission of the address. Valid for the operation MW, MR. 001b: NACK_DATA: The master receives a notacknowledge during the data phase of a MW operation. Valid for the operation MW. 011b: ARB_LOST: The master loses the arbitration during a MW or MR operation. Valid for the operation MW, MR. 100b: BERR_START: Slave restarts, a START Condition occurs while the byte transfer is not terminated. 101b: BERR_STOP: Slave Reset, a STOP Condition while the byte transfer is not terminated. 110b: OVFL: The slave receives a frame related to the WTS operation longer than the maximum size = 2047 bytes. In this case the slave device returns a NACK to complete the data transfer. Valid for WTS operation R Receive type. Valid only for the operation WTS: 00b: FRAME: The slave has received a normal frame. 01b: GCALL: The slave has received a general call. If the it I2C_CR:SGCM is set to 1, the general call is directly executed without software intervention and only the control code word is reported in FIFO (LENGTH =0). 10b: HW_GCALL: The slave has received a hardware general call. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 19:9 LENGTH 0x0 R Transfer length. For an MR, WTS operation the LENGTH field defines the actual size of the subsequent payload, in terms of number of bytes. For an MW, RFS operation the LENGTH field defines the actual number of bytes transferred by the master/slave device. For a WTS operation if the transfer length exceeds 2047 bytes, the operation is stopped by the slave returning a NACK handshake and the flag OVFL is set. For an RFS operation if the transfer length exceeds 2047 bytes, the operation continues normally but the LENGTH field is reset to 0. 28: 20 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 29 DUALF 0x0 R Dual flag (slave mode): 0: Received address matched with slave address (SA7). 1: Received address matched with dual slave address (DSA7). Cleared by hardware after a stop condition or repeated Start condition, bus error or when PE=0. 31:30 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 98: I2C - RFR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x18 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 7:0 RDATA 0x0 R Receive data. RDATA contains the received payload, related to a master read or write-to-slave operation, to be read from the Rx FIFO. The RDATA(0) is the first LSB bit received over the I2C line. In case the FIFO is full, the I2C controller stretches automatically the I2C clock line until a new entry is available. For a write-to-slave operation, when the slave is addressed, the interrupt I2C_RISR:WTSR bit is asserted for notification to the CPU. In CPU mode the FIFO management shall be based on the assertion of the interrupt bit I2C_RISR:RXFNF, related to the nearly-full threshold. In DMA mode, the single requests are automatically executed based on the number of entries contained in the Rx FIFO. 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 99: I2C - TFTR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x1C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 9:0 THRESH_TX 0x0 RW Threshold TX, contains the threshold value, in terms of number of bytes, of the Tx FIFO. When the number of entries of the Tx FIFO is less or equal than the threshold value, the interrupt bit I2C_RISR:TXFNE is set in order to request the loading of data to the application. 31:10 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 97/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 100: I2C - RFTR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x20 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 9:0 THRESH_RX 0x0 RW Threshold RX, contains the threshold value, in terms of number of bytes, of the Rx FIFO. When the number of entries of the RX FIFO is greater than or equal to the threshold value, the interrupt bit RISR:RXFNF is set in order to request the download of received data to the application. The application shall download the received data based on the threshold. (RISR:RXFNF). 31:10 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 101: I2C - DMAR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x24 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 7:0 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 10:8 DBSIZE_TX 0x0 RW Destination burst size. This register field is valid only if the BURST_TX bit is set to '1'. If burst size is smaller than the transaction length, only single request are generated. 11 BURST_TX 0x0 RW Defines the type of DMA request generated by the DMA TX interface. 0: Single request mode. Transfers a single data (one byte) in the TX FIFO. 1: Burst request mode. Transfers a programmed burst of data according to DBSIZE_TX field. When the burst mode is programmed, the DMA transfer can be completed by one or more single requests as required. 31:12 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 102: I2C - BRCR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x28 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 15:0 BRCNT 0x8 RW Baud rate counter. BRCNT defines the counter value used to set up the I2C baud rate in standard and fast mode, when the peripheral is operating in master mode. 31:16 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 103: I2C - IMSCR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x2C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 TXFEM 0x0 RW TX FIFO empty mask. TXFEM enables the interrupt bit TXFE: 0: TXFE interrupt is disabled. 1: TXFE interrupt is enabled. RW TX FIFO nearly empty mask. TXFNEM enables the interrupt bit TXFNE: 0: TXFNE interrupt is disabled. 1: TXFNE interrupt is enabled. RW TX FIFO full mask. TXFFM enables the interrupt bit TXFF: 0: TXFF interrupt is disabled. 1: TXFF interrupt is enabled. 1 2 98/184 TXFNEM TXFFM 0x0 0x0 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 3 4 Field name TXFOVRM RXFEM Reset 0x0 0x0 RW Description RW TX FIFO overrun mask. TXOVRM enables the interrupt bit TXOVR: 0: TXOVR interrupt is disabled. 1: TXOVR interrupt is enabled. RW RX FIFO empty mask. RXFEM enables the interrupt bit RXFE: 0: RXFE interrupt is disabled. 1: RXFE interrupt is enabled. 5 RXFNFM 0x0 RW RX FIFO nearly full mask. RXNFM enables the interrupt bit RXNF: 0: RXNF interrupt is disabled. 1: RXNF interrupt is enabled 6 RXFFM 0x0 RW RX FIFO full mask. RXFFM enables the interrupt bit RXFF: 0: RXFF interrupt is disabled. 1: RXFF interrupt is enabled. 15:7 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED RW Read-from-slave request mask. RFSRM enables the interrupt bit RFSR: 0: RFSR interrupt is disabled. 1: RFSR interrupt is enabled. RW Read-from-slave empty mask. RFSEM enables the interrupt bit RFSE: 0: RFSE interrupt is disabled. 1: RFSE interrupt is enabled. RW Write-to-slave request mask. WTSRM enables the interrupt bit WTSR: 0: WTSR interrupt is disabled. 1: WTSR interrupt is enabled. RW Master transaction done mask. MTDM enables the interrupt bit MTD: 0: MTD interrupt is disabled. 1: MTD interrupt is enabled. 16 17 18 19 RFSRM RFSEM WTSRM MTDM 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 20 STDM 0x0 RW Slave transaction done mask. STDM enables the interrupt bit STD: 0: STDM interrupt is disabled. 1: STDM interrupt is enabled. 23:21 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 24 MALM 0x0 RW Master arbitration lost mask. MALM enables the interrupt bit MAL: 0: MAL interrupt is disabled. 1: MAL interrupt is enabled. 25 BERRM 0x0 RW Bus error mask. BERRM enables the interrupt bit BERR: 0: BERR interrupt is disabled. 1: BERR interrupt is enabled. 27:26 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 99/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 28 MTDWSM 0x0 RW Master transaction done without stop mask. MTDWSM enables the interrupt bit MTDWS: 0: MTDWS interrupt is disabled. 1: MTDWS interrupt is enabled. 31:29 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 104: I2C - RISR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x30 Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 100/184 Field name TXFE TXFNE TXFF TXFOVR RXFE RXFNF Reset 0x1 0x1 0x0 0x0 0x1 0x0 RW Description R TX FIFO empty. TXFE is set when TX FIFO is empty. This bit is self-cleared by writing in TX FIFO. 0: TX FIFO is not empty. 1: TX FIFO is empty. R TX FIFO nearly empty. TXFNE is set when the number of entries in TX FIFO is less than or equal to the threshold value programmed in the I2C_TFTR:THRESHOLD_TX register. It is self-cleared when the threshold level is over the programmed threshold. 0: Number of entries in TX FIFO greater than the TFTR:THRESHOLD_TX register. 1: Number of entries in TX FIFO less than or equal to the TFTR:THRESHOLD_TX register. R TX FIFO full. TXFF is set when a full condition occurs in TX FIFO. This bit is self-cleared when the TX FIFO is not full: 0: TX FIFO is not full. 1: TX FIFO is full. R TX FIFO overrun. TXFOVR is set when a write operation in TX FIFO is performed and TX FIFO is full. The application must avoid an overflow condition by a proper data flow control. Anyway in case of overrun, the application shall flush the transmitter (CR:FTX bit to set) because the TX FIFO content is corrupted (at least one word has been lost in FIFO). This interrupt is cleared by setting the related bit of the ICR register: 0: No overrun condition occurred in TX FIFO. 1: Overrun condition occurred in TX FIFO. R RX FIFO empty. RXFE is set when the RX FIFO is empty. This bit is self-cleared when the slave RX FIFO is not empty: 0: RX FIFO is not empty. 1: RX FIFO is empty. R RX FIFO nearly full. RXFNF is set when the number of entries in RX FIFO is greater than or equal to the threshold value programmed in the RFTR:THRESHOLD_RX register. Its selfcleared when the threshold level is under the programmed threshold: 0: Number of entries in the RX FIFO less than the RFTR:THRESHOLD_RX register. 1: Number of entries in the RX FIFO greater than or equal to the RFTR:THRESHOLD_RX register. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 6 RXFF 0x0 R RX FIFO full. RXFF is set when a full condition occurs in RX FIFO. This bit is self-cleared when the data are read from the RX FIFO. 0: RX FIFO is not full. 1: RX FIFO is full. 15:7 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED R Read-from-slave request. RFSR is set when a read-from-slave "Slavetransmitter" request is received (I²C slave is addressed) from the I²C line. On the assertion of this interrupt the TX FIFO is flushed (pending data are cleared) and the CPU shall put the data in TX FIFO. This bit is self-cleared by writing data in FIFO. In case the FIFO is empty before the completion of the read operation, the RISR:RFSE interrupt bit is set.This interrupt is cleared by setting the related bit of the ICR register. 0: Read-from-slave request has been served. 1: Read-from-slave request is pending. R Read-from-slave empty. RFSE is set when a read-from-slave operation is in progress and TX FIFO is empty. On the assertion of this interrupt, the CPU shall download in TX FIFO the data required for the slave operation. This bit is selfcleared by writing in TX FIFO. At the end of the read-fromslave operation this bit is cleared although the TX FIFO is empty. 0: TX FIFO is not empty. 1: TX FIFO is empty with the read-from-slave operation in progress. R Write-to-slave request. WTSR is set when a write-to-slave operation is received (I2C slave is addressed) from the I2C line. This notification can be used by the application to program the DMA descriptor when required. This interrupt is cleared by setting the related bit of the ICR register: 0: No write-to-slave request pending. 1: Write-to-slave request is pending. R Master transaction done. MTD is set when a master operation (master write or master read) has been executed after a stop condition. The application shall read the related transaction status (SR register), the pending data in the RX FIFO (only for a master read operation) and clear this interrupt (transaction acknowledgment). A subsequent master operation can be issued (writing the MCR register) after the clearing of this interrupt. A subsequent slave operation will be notified (RISR:WTSR and RISR:RFSR interrupt bits assertion) after clearing this interrupt, meanwhile the I²C clock line is stretched low. This interrupt is cleared by setting the related bit of the ICR register. 0: Master transaction acknowledged. 1: Master transaction done (ready for acknowledgment). 16 17 18 19 RFSR RFSE WTSR MTD 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 DocID028866 Rev 5 101/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Reset RW Description 20 STD 0x0 R Slave transaction done. STD is set when a slave operation (write-to-slave or read-from-slave) has been executed. The application shall read the related transaction status (SR register), the pending data in the RX FIFO (only for a write-toslave operation) and clear this interrupt (transaction acknowledgment). A subsequent slave operation will be notified (RISR:WTSR and RISR:RFSR interrupt bits assertion) after clearing this interrupt, meanwhile the I2C clock line will be stretched low. A subsequent master operation can be issued (by writing the MCR register) after clearing this interrupt. This interrupt is cleared by setting the related bit of the ICR register: 0: Slave transaction acknowledged. 1: Slave transaction done (ready for acknowledgment). 23:21 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED R Master arbitration lost. MAL is set when the master loses the arbitration. The status code word in the SR contains a specific error tag (CAUSE field) for this error condition. A collision occurs when 2 stations transmit simultaneously 2 opposite values on the serial line. The station that is pulling up the line, identifies the collision reading a 0 value on the sda_in signal, stops the transmission, leaves the bus and waits for the idle state (STOP condition received) on the bus line before retrying the same transaction. The station which transmits the first unique zero wins the bus arbitration. This interrupt is cleared by setting the related bit of the ICR register. 0: No master arbitration lost. 1: Master arbitration lost. 24 102/184 Field name MAL 0x0 25 BERR 0x0 R Bus Error. BERR is set when an unexpected Start/Stop condition occurs during a transaction. The related actions are different, depending on the type of operation in progress.The status code word in the SR contains a specific error tag (CAUSE field) for this error condition. This interrupt is cleared by setting the related bit of the ICR register. 0: No bus error detection. 1: Bus error detection. 27:26 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 28 MTDWS 0x0 R Master transaction done without stop. MTDWS is set when a master operation (write or read) has been executed and a stop (MCR:P field) is not programmed. The application shall read the related transaction status (SR register), the pending data in the RX FIFO (only for a master read operation) and clear this interrupt (transaction acknowledgment). A subsequent master operation can be issued (by writing the MCR register) after clearing this interrupt. A subsequent slave operation will be notified (RISR:WTSR and RISR:RFSR interrupt bits assertion) after clearing this interrupt, meanwhile the I²C clock line will be stretched low. This interrupt is cleared by setting the related bit of the ICR register: 0: Master transaction acknowledged. 1: Master transaction done (ready for acknowledgment) and stop is not applied into the I²C bus. 31:29 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 105: I2C - MISR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x34 Bit 0 1 Field name TXFEMIS TXFNEMIS Reset 0x0 0x0 RW Description R TX FIFO empty masked interrupt status. 0: TX FIFO is not empty. 1: TX FIFO is empty. R TX FIFO nearly empty masked interrupt status. 0: Number of entries in TX FIFO greater than the TFTR:THRESHOLD_TX register. 1: Number of entries in TX FIFO less than or equal to the TFTR:THRESHOLD_TX register. 2 TXFFMIS 0x0 R Tx FIFO full masked interrupt status. 0: TX FIFO is not full. 1: TX FIFO is full. 3 TXFOVRMIS 0x0 R Tx FIFO overrun masked interrupt status. 0: No overrun condition occurred in TX FIFO. 1: Overrun condition occurred in TX FIFO. 4 RXFEMIS 0x0 R RX FIFO empty masked interrupt status. 0: RX FIFO is not empty. 1: RX FIFO is empty. 5 RXFNFMIS 0x0 R RX FIFO nearly full masked interrupt status. 0: Number of entries in the RX FIFO less than the RFTR:THRESHOLD_RX register. 1: Number of entries in the RX FIFO greater than or equal to the RFTR:THRESHOLD_RX register. 6 RXFFMIS 0x0 R RX FIFO full masked interrupt status. 0: RX FIFO is not full. 1: RX FIFO is full. 15:7 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 16 RFSRMIS 0x0 R Read-from-slave request masked interrupt status. 0: Read-from-slave request has been served. 1: Read-from-slave request is pending. R Read-from-slave empty masked interrupt status. 0: TX FIFO is not empty. 1: TX FIFO is empty with the read-from-slave operation in progress. R Write-to-slave request masked interrupt status. 0: No write-to-slave request pending. 1: Write-to-slave request is pending. 17 18 RFSEMIS WTSRMIS 0x0 0x0 19 MTDMIS 0x0 R Master transaction done masked interrupt status. 0: Master transaction acknowledged. 1: Master transaction done (ready for acknowledgment). 20 STDMIS 0x0 R Slave transaction done masked interrupt status. 0: Slave transaction acknowledged. 1: Slave transaction done (ready for acknowledgment). DocID028866 Rev 5 103/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 23:21 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 24 MALMIS 0x0 R Master arbitration lost masked interrupt status. 0: No master arbitration lost. 1: Master arbitration lost. 25 BERRMIS 0x0 R Bus error masked interrupt status. 0: No bus error detection. 1: Bus error detection. 27:26 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED 28 MTDWSMIS 0x0 R Master transaction done without stop masked interrupt status. 0: Master transaction acknowledged. 1: Master transaction done (ready for acknowledgment) and stop is not applied into the I²C bus. 31:29 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 106: I2C - ICR register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x38 Bit Field name Reset RW 2:0 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 3 TXFOVRIC 0x0 RW Tx FIFO overrun interrupt clear. 0: Has no effect. 1: Clears interrupt pending. 15:4 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 16 RFSRIC 0x0 RW Read-from-Slave request interrupt clear. 0: Has no effect. 1: Clears interrupt pending. 17 RFSEIC 0x0 RW Read-from-slave empty interrupt clear. 0: Has no effect. 1: Clears interrupt pending. RW Write-to-slave request interrupt clear. 0: Has no effect. 1: Clears interrupt pending. RW Master transaction done interrupt clear. 0: Has no effect. 1: Clears interrupt pending. 18 19 MTDIC 0x0 0x0 20 STDIC 0x0 RW Slave transaction done interrupt clear. 0: Has no effect. 1: Clears interrupt pending. 23:21 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED RW Master arbitration lost interrupt clear. 0: Has no effect. 1: Clears interrupt pending. 24 104/184 WTSRIC Description MALIC 0x0 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 25 BERRIC 0x0 RW Bus error interrupt clear. 0: Has no effect. 1: Clears interrupt pending. 27:26 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 28 MTDWSIC 0x0 RW Master transaction done without stop interrupt clear. 0: Has no effect. 1: Clears interrupt pending. 31:29 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 107: I2C - THDDAT register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x4C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 8:0 THDDAT 0x14 RW Hold time data value. In master or slave mode, when the I2C controller detects a falling edge in the SCL line, the counter, which is loaded by the THDDAT, is launched. Once the THDDAT value is reached, the data is transferred. 31:9 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 108: I2C - THDSTA_FST_STD register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x50 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 8:0 THDSTA_STD 0xE2 RW Hold time start condition value for standard mode. When the start condition is asserted, the decimeter loads the value of THDSTA_STD for standard mode, once the THDSTA_STD value is reached, the SCL line asserts low. 15:9 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 24:16 THDSTA_FST 0x3F RW Hold time start condition value for fast mode. When the start condition is asserted, the decimeter loads the value of THDSTA_FST for fast mode, once the THDSTA_FST value is reached, the SCL line assert slow. 31:25 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 109: I2C - TSUSTA_FST_STD register description: address offset I2CX_BASE_ADDR+0x58 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 8:0 TSUSTA_STD 0xE2 RW Setup time start condition value for standard mode. After a non-stop on the SCL line the decimeter loads the value of TSUSTA_STD according to standard mode. Once the counter is expired, the start condition is generated. 15:9 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 24:16 TSUSTA_FST 0x1D RW Setup time start condition value for fast mode. After a nonstop on the SCL line the decimeter loads the value of TSUSTA_FST according to fast mode. Once the counter is expired the start condition is generated. 31:25 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 105/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.11 Flash controller 3.11.1 Flash controller introduction The BlueNRG-1 integrates a Flash controller to interface the embedded Flash memory. Main features are:        3.11.2 Sector erase and mass erase 160 kbyte Flash memory: 80 pages of 8 rows with 64 words each Flash programming Mass read Enable readout protection 32-bit read access 32-bit write access in single write and 4x32-bit in burst write (reduce programming time by 2) Flash controller functional description The BlueNRG-1 embeds up to 160 KB (40960 x 32-bit) of internal Flash memory. A Flash interface implements instruction access and data access based on the AHB protocol. It implements the logic necessary to carry out the Flash memory operations (Program/Erase) controlled through the Flash registers. Writing to Flash only allows clearing bits from ‘1’ to ‘0’. This means any write from ‘0’ to ‘1’ implies erasing before performing a write. Flash memory is composed of 80 pages containing 8 rows of 64 words (80 x 8 x 64 = 40960 words). Each word is 32-bit = 4 bytes long which means 160 kB of Flash. The address inside the ADDRESS register is built as follows: ADDRESS[13:0] = XADR[9:0] & YADR[5:0] with:    XADR[9:3] = page address XADR[2:0] = row address YADR[5:0] = word address (one word = four bytes) One specific address can be written only twice between two erase actions even if each writing only clears bits. The Flash data retention is greater than 10 years at 85 °C. The Flash is rated to have a Flash cycling of 10.000 write/erase cycles. 3.11.2.1 Reading Flash memory To read one single word of the flash, just read it as if RAM memory: read the desired flash address and get read data on the bus. 106/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 3.11.2.2 Functional details Erasing Flash The Flash controller allows erasing one page or the full main Flash. ERASE sequence (erase one page): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Write the page address to be erased by writing in the ADDRESS register the following value: a. ADDRESS[15:9] = XADR[9:3] = page address to erase b. ADDRESS[8:0] = 9’b0 (row and word addresses at zero). Write the ERASE command (0x11) in the COMMAND register. Wait for the CMDSTART flag in the IRQSTAT register (polling mode or interrupt mode) indicating command is taken into account and under execution. Clear the CMDSTART flag by writing CMDSTART to ‘1’ in the IRQSTAT register. Wait for the CMDDONE flag in the IRQSTAT register (polling mode or interrupt mode) indicating that the command is completed. Clear the CMDDONE flag by writing CMDDONE to ‘1’ in the IRQSTAT register. After this command, the erased page contains only bits set to ‘1’. MASSERASE sequence (erase completely main flash): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Write the MASSERASE command (0x22) in the COMMAND register. Wait for the CMDSTART flag in the IRQSTAT register (polling mode or interrupt mode) indicating that the command has been taken into account and is under execution. Clear the CMDSTART flag by writing CMDSTART to ‘1’ in the IRQSTAT register. Wait for the CMDDONE flag in the IRQSTAT register (polling mode or interrupt mode) indicating that the command is completed. Clear the CMDDONE flag by writing CMDDONE to ‘1’ in the IRQSTAT register. After this command, the full main Flash contains only bits set to ‘1’. 3.11.2.3 Write function examples The Flash Controller allows writing one word (WRITE), up to 4 words (BURSTWRITE) or the full main Flash memory (with a single fixed word). Note: As a write can only program to ‘0’ on bits already set to ‘1’, it is necessary to erase the page and request that the bits be set to ‘1’ (instead of ‘0’) in order to re-write to ‘0’. WRITE sequence: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Indicate the location to write by filling the ADDRESS register with the targeted address (page, row and word number) Write the value to program in the DATA register. Write the WRITE command (0x33) in the COMMAND register. Wait for the CMDSTART flag in the IRQSTAT register (polling mode or interrupt mode) indicating that the command has been taken into account and is under execution. Clear the CMDSTART flag by writing CMDSTART to ‘1’ in the IRQSTAT register. Wait for the CMDDONE flag in the IRQSTAT register (polling mode or interrupt mode) indicating that the command is completed. Clear the CMDDONE flag by writing CMDDONE to ‘1’ in the IRQSTAT register. BURSTWRITE sequence: 1. Indicate the location to write by filling the ADDRESS register with the targeted address of the first data to write (page, row and word number). DATA0 will be written and ADDRESS, DATA1 at ADDRESS+1 and so on. (Write the values to program in the DATA0-3 registers. To write less than four words, write 0xFFFFFFFF in the unused DATA1-3 registers.) DocID028866 Rev 5 107/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details 2. Write the BURSTWRITE command (0xCC) in the COMMAND register. 3. Wait for the CMDSTART flag in the IRQSTAT register (polling mode or interrupt mode) indicating that the command has been taken into account and is under execution. 4. Clear the CMDSTART flag by writing CMDSTART to ‘1’ in the IRQSTAT register. 5. Wait for the CMDDONE flag in the IRQSTAT register (polling mode or interrupt mode) indicating that the command is completed. 6. Clear the CMDDONE flag by writing CMDDONE to ‘1’ in the IRQSTAT register. 3.11.2.4 Flash readout protection It is possible to protect flash memory from unwanted access while in debug mode, this is normally used to avoid copy or reverse engineering of a deployed application in the market. If the readout protection mechanism is activated, as soon as Cortex-M0 is halted, any access to Flash memory will return a fixed 0x0 value and generate an AHB error if a debugger tries to read it. Note that RAM memory debug accesses are also disabled by this lock protection. Enabling readout protection: 1. Program a secret 64 bit sequence in the last two word address of the user flash. The secret 64 bit sequence can be anything different from 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF. Disable readout protection: 1. 3.11.2.5 Perform a mass erase of the user flash Flash command list The valid command values list for the COMMAND register is reported in the table below. Table 110: Flash commands 3.11.2.6 Command name Description Value ERASE Erase page defined by register ADDRESS 0x11 MASSERASE Mass erase (Flash is completely erased) 0x22 WRITE Program one location (defined by registers DATA and ADDRESS) 0x33 BURSTWRITE Burst write operation 0xCC Flash interface timing characteristics Table 111: Flash interface timing Description Min. Unit Page erase time 21.5 ms Mass erase time 21.5 ms 44 µs Program time WRITE Program time BURSTWRITE(1) 1 word 44 µs Program time BURSTWRITE(1) 2 words 65 µs Program time BURSTWRITE(1) 3 words 86 µs Program time BURSTWRITE(1) 4 words 107 µs Notes: 108/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details (1)Burst 3.11.3 write procedure skips the 0xFFFF_FFFF word Flash controller registers Flash controller peripheral base address (FLASH_BASE_ADDR) 0x40100000. Table 112: FLASH controller registers Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 COMMAND RW 0x00000000 Commands for the module 0x04 CONFIG RW 0x00000000 Configure the wrapper 0x08 IRQSTAT RW 0x00000000 Flash status interrupt (masked). Refer to the detailed description below. 0x0C IRQMASK RW 0x0000003F Mask for interrupts. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x10 IRQRAW RW 0x00000000 Status interrupts (unmasked). Refer to the detailed description below. 0x14 SIZE R 0x00009FFF Indicates the size of the Flash 0x18 ADDRESS RW 0x00000000 Address for programming Flash, will autoincrement 0x24 RESERVED R 0xFFFFFFFF RESERVED 0x28 RESERVED RW 0x0B061515 RESERVED 0x2C RESERVED RW 0x0B156506 RESERVED 0x30 RESERVED RW 0x00000011 RESERVED 0x40 DATA0 RW 0xFFFFFFFF Program cycle data 0x44 DATA1 RW 0xFFFFFFFF Program cycle data 0x48 DATA2 RW 0xFFFFFFFF Program cycle data 0x4C DATA3 RW 0xFFFFFFFF Program cycle data Description Table 113: FLASH – COMMAND register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 31:0 COMMAND 0x00000000 RW Command for the module. Table 114: FLASH – CONFIG register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 CONFIG 0x00000000 RW Description Configure the wrapper. Table 115: FLASH - IRQSTAT register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 CMDDONE 0x0 RW Command is done. 1: clear the interrupt pending bit. 1 CMDSTART 0x0 RW Command is started.1: clear the interrupt pending bit. DocID028866 Rev 5 109/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 2 CMDERR 0x0 RW Command written while BUSY. 1: clear the interrupt pending bit. 3 ILLCMD 0x0 RW Illegal command written. 1: clear the interrupt pending bit. 4 READOK 0x0 RW Mass read was OK. 1: clear the interrupt pending bit. 5 FLNREADY 0x0 RW Flash not ready (sleep). 1: clear the interrupt pending bit. 31:6 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 116: FLASH - IRQMASK register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 CMDDONE 0x1 RW Command is done. 1 CMDSTART 0x1 RW Command is started. 2 CMDERR 0x1 RW Command written while BUSY 3 ILLCMD 0x1 RW Illegal command written 4 READOK 0x1 RW Mass read was OK. 5 FLNREADY 0x1 RW Flash not ready (sleep). 31:6 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 117: FLASH - IRQRAW register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x10 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 CMDDONE 0x0 RW Command is done. 1 CMDSTART 0x0 RW Command is started. 2 CMDERR 0x0 RW Command written while BUSY 3 ILLCMD 0x0 RW Illegal command written 4 READOK 0x0 RW Mass read was OK. 5 FLNREADY 0x0 RW Flash not ready (sleep). 31:6 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 118: FLASH – SIZE register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x14 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 15:0 SIZE 0x9FFF R Indicates the size of the flash. 0x9FFF: 160 kB of flash 31:16 RESERVED 0x0000 R RESERVED Table 119: FLASH – ADDRESS register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x18 110/184 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 ADDRESS 0x00000000 RW Description Address for programming flash, auto-increment. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 120: FLASH – DATA0 register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x40 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 DATA0 0xFFFFFFFF RW Description Program cycle data. Table 121: FLASH – DATA1 register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x44 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 DATA1 0xFFFFFFFF RW Description Program cycle data. Table 122: FLASH – DATA2 register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x48 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 DATA2 0xFFFFFFFF RW Description Program cycle data. Table 123: FLASH – DATA3 register description: address offset FLASH_BASE_ADDR+0x4C Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 DATA3 0xFFFFFFFF RW Description Program cycle data. All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.12 GPIO 3.12.1 Introduction The BlueNRG-1 offers 14 GPIOs (WCSP34 package) or 15 GPIOs (QFN32 package). The programmable I/O pin can be configured for operating as:       3.12.2 Programmable GPIOs Peripheral input or output line of standard communication interfaces PDM processor data/clock 2 PWM sources (PWM0 and PWM1 independently configurable) and 4 PWM output pins (IO2, IO3, IO4 and IO5). 5 wake-up sources from standby and sleep mode Each I/O can generate an interrupt independently to the selected mode. Interrupts are generated depending on a level or edge Functional description In the table below is reported the GPIO configuration table where at each IO pin is associated the related functions. DocID028866 Rev 5 111/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 124: IO functional map GPIO mode "000" Mode serial1 '001" Mode serial0 ‘100’ Mode serial2 '101' Type Signal Type Signal Type Type IO0 I/O GPIO 0 I UART_CTS I/O SPI_CLK - - IO1 I/O GPIO 1 O UART_RTS I/O SPI_CS1 I PDM_DATA IO2 I/O GPIO 2 O PWM0 O SPI_OUT O PDM_CLK IO3 I/O GPIO 3 O PWM1 I SPI_IN IO4 I/O GPIO 4 I UART_RXD I/O I2C2_CLK O PWM0 IO5 I/O GPIO 5 O UART_TXD I/O I2C2_DAT O PWM1 IO6 I/O GPIO 6 O UART_RTS I/O I2C2_CLK I PDM_DATA IO7 I/O GPIO 7 I UART_CTS I/O I2C2_DAT O PDM_CLK IO8 I/O GPIO 8 O UART_TXD I/O SPI_CLK I PDM_DATA IO9 I/O GPIO 9 I SWCLK I SPI_IN - - IO10 I/O GPIO 10 I SWDIO O SPI_OUT - - IO11 I/O GPIO 11 I UART_RXD I/O SPI_CS1 - - IO12 OD GPI 12(2) - I/O I2C1_CLK - - IO13 OD GPI 13(2) UART_CTS I/O I2C1_DAT - - IO14 I/O GPIO 14 I2C1_CLK I/O SPI_CLK - - Pin name(1) I I/O Signal Signal - Notes: (1)All the I2C pins require external pull-up (2)IO12 3.12.2.1 and IO13 can only be General Purpose Input pins (not output). GPIO interrupts Each IO in GPIO mode can be used as interrupt source from external signal. The trigger event is both edge and level sensitive according to configuration. All the configuration are reported in table below. Table 125: GPIO interrupt modes Interrupt mode Configuration Falling edge Rising edge Both edges Low level High level IOIS 0 0 0 1 1 IOIBE 0 0 1 NA NA IOIEV 0 1 NA 0 1 The interrupt is enabled by writing 1 in the IO_MIS register, in the position with same number of the IO desired. Once the interrupt occurs, it can be cleared by writing 1 in the IO_IC register. All the interrupts drive a single interrupt signal of the NVIC. 3.12.2.2 GPIO characteristics By default all the GPIO pins are configured as input with related pull-up or pull-down resistor enabled according to table below. 112/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 126: Pin characteristics Name Type Buffer strength(1) Pull-up / pull-down availability Reset state Default state IO0 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode IO1 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode IO2 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode IO3 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode IO4 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode IO5 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode IO6 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode IO7 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode IO8 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode IO9 I/O Low / high drive Pull- up Input pull-up Mode serial1 (SWCLK) IO10 I/O Low / high drive Pull- up Input pull-up Mode serial1 (SWDIO) IO11 I/O Low / high drive Pull-up Input pull-up GPIO mode IO12 I 10 mA No pull Input GPIO mode IO13 I 10 mA No pull Input GPIO mode IO14 I/O Low / high drive Pull-down Input pull-down GPIO mode Notes: (1)See Table 205: "Digital I/O specifications" All the IOs are in high impedance under reset. In low power modes (sleep and standby) the IOs are configured as follows:    IO0 to IO8 and IO14 are in high impedance state IO9, IO10, IO11 are in input state w/o internal pull according to IO configuration IO12 , IO13 are in input state no pull If IO12 or IO13 is not used, it must be put at GND through pull-down resistor. As DIO14 is internally bound with the ANATEST0 signal, a short positive pulse of about 75 µs is generated at the device reset. Table 127: IO pull values Name Description name Min. Typ. Max. Unit Digital input and output when 1.8 V supply RPD Pull-down value 117 202 363 RPU Pull-up value 135 211 334 kΩ Digital input and output when 3.3V supply RPD Pull-down value 53 84 144 RPU Pull-up value 57 81 122 DocID028866 Rev 5 kΩ 113/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details 3.12.3 GPIO registers GPIO peripheral base address (GPIO_BASE_ADDR) 0x40000000. Table 128: GPIO registers Address offset RW Reset Description 0x00 DATA RW 0x00000000 IO0 to IO14 data value. Writing to a bit drives the written value on the corresponding IO when it is configured in GPIO mode and the output direction. Reading a bit indicates the pin value 0x04 OEN RW 0x00000000 GPIO output enable register (1 bit per GPIO) 0: input mode 1: output mode 0x08 PE RW 0x03FFFFFF Pull enable (1 bit per IO) 0: pull disabled 1: pull enabled 0x0C DS RW 0x00000000 IO driver strength (1 bit per IO) 0: low drive 1: high drive 0x10 IS RW 0x00000000 Interrupt sense register (1 bit per IO) 0: edge detection 1: level detection 0x14 IBE RW 0x00000000 Interrupt edge register (1 bit per IO) 0: single edge 1: both edges 0x18 IEV RW 0x00000000 Interrupt event register (1 bit per IO) 0: falling edge or low level 1: rising edge or high level 0x1C IE RW 0x00000000 Interrupt mask register (1 bit per IO) 0: Interrupt disabled 1: Interrupt enabled 0x24 MIS R 0x00000000 Masked interrupt status register (1 bit per IO) 0x00000000 Interrupt clear register (1 bit per IO) 0: no effect 1: clear interrupt 0x00000000 Select mode for IO0 to IO7. 000b: GPIO mode 001b: Serial1 mode 100b: Serial0 mode 101b: Serial2 mode Refer to the detailed description below. 0x28 0x2C 114/184 Name IC MODE0 W RW DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Address offset 0x30 Name RW MODE1 0x3C DATS Reset RW RW Description 0x00000110 Select mode for IO8 to IO14 000b: GPIO mode 001b: Serial1 mode 100b: Serial0 mode 101b: Serial2 mode Refer to the detailed description below. 0x00000000 Set some bits of DATA when in GPIO mode without affecting the others (1 bit per IO). 0: no effect. 1: set at 1 the bit 0x40 DATC RW 0x00000000 Clear some bits of DATA when in GPIO mode without affecting the others (1 bit per IO) 0: no effect. 1: clear at 0 the bit 0x44 MFTX RW 0x00000000 Select the IO to be used as capture input for the MFTX timers. Refer to the detailed description below. Table 129: GPIO – DATA register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Field name Bit 31:0 Reset DATA RW 0x00000000 RW Description IO0 to IO14 data value. Writing to a bit drives the written value on the corresponding IO when it is configured in GPIO mode and the output direction. Reading a bit indicates the pin value. Table 130: GPIO – OEN register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 OEN 0x00000000 RW Description GPIO output enable register (1 bit per GPIO).   0: Input mode 1: Output mode Table 131: GPIO – PE register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description Pull enable (1 bit per IO). 31:0 PE 0x03FFFFFF RW   0: Pull disabled. 1: Pull enabled. Table 132: GPIO – DS register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit Field name Reset RW Description IO driver strength (1 bit per IO). 31:0 DS 0x00000000 RW DocID028866 Rev 5   0: Low drive 1: High drive 115/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 133: GPIO – IS register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x10 Bit Field name Reset RW Description Interrupt sense register (1 bit per IO). 31:0 IS 0x00000000   RW 0: Edge detection. 1: Level detection. Table 134: GPIO – IBE register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x14 Bit Field name Reset RW Description Interrupt edge register (1 bit per IO). 31:0 IBE 0x00000000 RW   0: Single edge 1: Both edges Table 135: GPIO – IEV register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x18 Bit Field name Reset RW Description Interrupt event register (1 bit per IO). 31:0 IEV 0x00000000 RW   0: Falling edge or low level. 1: Rising edge or high level. Table 136: GPIO – IE register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x1C Bit Field name Reset RW Description Interrupt mask register (1 bit per IO). 31:0 IE 0x00000000 RW   0: Interrupt disabled 1: Interrupt enabled Table 137: GPIO – MIS register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x24 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 MIS 0x00000000 R Description Masked interrupt status register (1 bit per IO). Table 138: GPIO – IC register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x28 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 IC 0x00000000 W Description Interrupt clear register (1 bit per IO).   0: No effect 1: Clear interrupt Table 139: GPIO - MODE0 register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x2C 116/184 Bit Field name Reset RW 2:0 IO0 0x0 RW IO0 mode 3 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 6:4 IO1 0x0 RW IO1 mode 7 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 10:8 IO2 0x0 RW IO2 mode DocID028866 Rev 5 Description BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 11 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 14:12 IO3 0x0 RW IO3 mode 15 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 18:16 IO4 0x0 RW IO4 mode 19 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 22:20 IO5 0x0 RW IO5 mode 23 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 26:24 IO6 0x0 RW IO6 mode 27 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 30:28 IO7 0x0 RW IO7 mode 31 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 140: GPIO – MODE1 register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x30 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 2:0 IO8 0x0 RW IO8 mode 3 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 6:4 IO9 0x1 RW IO9 mode 7 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 10:8 IO10 0x1 RW IO10 mode 11 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 14:12 IO11 0x0 RW IO11 mode 15 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 18:16 IO12 0x0 RW IO12 mode 19 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 22:20 IO13 0x0 RW IO13 mode 23 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 26:24 IO14 0x0 RW IO14 mode 31:27 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 141: GPIO – DATS register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x3C Bit Field name Reset RW Description Set some bits of DATA when in GPIO mode without affecting the others (1 bit per IO). 31:0 DATS 0x00000000 RW   0: No effect 1: Set at 1 the bit DocID028866 Rev 5 117/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 142: GPIO – DATC register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x40 Field name Bit Reset RW Description Clear some bits of DATA when in GPIO mode without affecting the others (1 bit per IO). 31:0 DATC 0x00000000 RW   0: No effect 1: Clear at 0 the bit Table 143: GPIO - MFTX register description: address offset GPIO_BASE_ADDR+0x44 Bit Field name Reset RW Description MFT1 timer A. 7:0 MFT1_TIMER_A 0x0 RW      0x00: IO0 0x01: IO1 0x02: IO2 ... 0x0E: IO14 MFT1 timer B 15:8 MFT1_TIMER_B 0x0 RW      0x00: IO0 0x01: IO1 0x02: IO2 ... 0x0E: IO14 MFT2 timer A 23:16 MFT2_TIMER_A 0x0 RW      0x00: IO0 0x01: IO1 0x02: IO2 ... 0x0E: IO14 MFT2 timer B 31:24 MFT2_TIMER_B 0x0 RW      0x00: IO0 0x01: IO1 0x02: IO2 ... 0x0E: IO14 All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.13 MFT 3.13.1 MFT introduction The BlueNRG-1 integrates two multi functions timers (MFT). Main features are: 118/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details   Two 16-bit programmable timer/counters. Two 16-bit reload/capture registers that function either as reload registers or as capture registers, depending on the mode of operation. An 8-bit fully programmable clock prescaler. Clock source selectors that allow each counter to operate in:  Pulse-accumulate mode  External-event mode  Prescaled system clock mode  Slow clock input mode (available only if 32 MHz system clock is used, allows to divide by 2 and obtains a 16 MHz system clock as clock source). Two I/O pins (TnA and TnB) with programmable edge detection that operate as:  Capture and preset inputs  External event (clock) inputs  PWM outputs. Two interrupts, one for each counter, that can be triggered by a:  Timer underflow  Timer reload  Input capture  Pulse train for generation of single or multiple PWM pulses.     3.13.2 MFT functional description The MFT can be configured in five different modes. At each mode is associated a particular function for the two timers both for counter and reload registers as reported in Table 144: "MFT modes". Table 144: MFT modes 3.13.2.1 Mode Description Timer Counter 1 (TnCNT1) Reload / capture A (TnCRB) Reload / Capture B (TnCRB) Timer Counter 2 (TnCNT2) 1 PWM and system timer or external event counter Counter for PWM Auto reload A = PWM time 1 Auto reload B = PWM time 2 System time or external event 1a PWM pulse train Counter for PWM Auto reload A = PWM time 1 Auto reload B= PWM time 2 Pulse counter 2 Dual-input capture and system timer Capture A and B time base Capture timer/counter 1 value upon TnA event Capture Timer/counter 1 value upon TnB event System timer 3 Dual independent timer Time base for first timer Reload register fortimer/counter 1 Reload register for timer/counter 2 Time base for second timer 4 Single-input capture and single timer Time base for first timer Reload register forTimer/Counter 1 Capture timer/counter 1 value upon TnB event Capture B time base MFT mode 1: processor-independent PWM In Mode1, the timer counter 1 (TnCNT1) can be used to generate a PWM signal on an output pin of the device. In this mode, the PWM output can emulate a clock signal with customized duty-cycle. Indeed, the TnCNT1 is alternatively reloaded by TnCRB and TnCRB registers. The initial value of the PWM output signal can be selected by software to DocID028866 Rev 5 119/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details be either high or low thanks to the TnAOUT bit in TnMCTRL register. This bit impacts which reload value, is used for high level and low level of the PWM signal as shown in Figure 15: "PWM signal" below. Figure 15: PWM signal When started the first time, the TnCNT1 starts with value preprogrammed in the register and count down at the clock rate selected by the Timer/counter 1 clock selector (TnCKC register). When an underflow occurs, the TnCNT1 is reloaded alternatively with TnCRB and TnCRB registers (in this order) and counting proceeds downward from the loaded value. Any time the counter is stopped by choosing "no-clock" by the timer/counter 1 clock selector, it obtains its first reload value after it has been started again from the TnCRB register. Each time the counter is stopped and then restarted, it obtains its first reload value from the TnCRB register. This is true whether the timer is restarted upon reset, after entering mode 1 from another mode, or after stopping and restarting the clock with the Timer/counter1 clock selector. In figure below the block diagram related to the MFT mode 1. 120/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Figure 16: MFT mode 1 block diagram In this mode, the timer toggles the TnA output upon underflow which is connected to PWMx pin of the BlueNRG1. This generates a clock signal on TnA with the width and duty cycle controlled by the values stored in the TnCRB and TnCRB registers. This is a "processor-independent" PWM clock because once the timer is set up, no more interaction is required from the software and the CPU in order to generate the PWM signal. The timer can generate separate interrupts upon reload from TnCRB and TnCRB. The TnAPND or TnBPND flags, which are set by the hardware upon occurrence of a timer reload, indicate which interrupt has occurred. In this mode of operation, Timer/counter 2 can be used as a simple system timer or an external-event counter. Counter TnCNT2 counts down with the clock selected by the Timer/counter 2 clock selector, and can be configured to generate an interrupt upon underflow if enabled by the TnDIEN bit. The interrupts can be enabled or disabled by software. 3.13.2.2 MFT mode 1a: PWM pulse-train mode Mode1a is used to output a PWM signal thanks to timer/counter 1 as for Mode1 but only in a time window defined by the Timer/counter2. Indeed, the Timer/counter2 is used to specify the number of pulses to output on the IO. The Mode1a corresponds to the Mode1 selected in the TnMDSEL field of TnMCTRL register with in addition the TnPTEN bit set in the TnMCTRL register. In Mode1a, the timer/counter 1 (TnCNT1) alternatively is reloaded by TnCRB and TnCRB registers after starting from TnCT1 as for Mode1 and toggle the TnA output of the MFT connected to PWMx IO each time an underflow occurs. In parallel, a trigger pulse is sent to Timer/Counter 2 (TnCNT2), decrementing it by one. If timer/counter 2 (TnCNT2) has reached the underflow condition and the end-of-pulse condition is DocID028866 Rev 5 121/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details detected by the trigger logic as well, the clock of timer/counter 1 (TnCNT1) is disabled immediately. The figure below shows the block diagram related to the MFT mode 1a. Figure 17: MFT mode 1a block diagram In Mode 1a, timer/counter 2 (TnCNT2) behaves differently from the way it behaves in modes 1 to 4. If an underflow condition occurs, the counter is preset to 0x0000 and not 0xFFFF. The timer/counter 1 starts to count:   either on an external event on TnB input, or by software if TnPTSE bit has been set by setting the TnPTET bit. The start of count request through TnPTET bit setting when software trigger option is chosen must be done after the MFT is enabled (TnEN bit in TnMCTRL register). Any time the counter is stopped by choosing "no-clock" by the timer/counter 1 clock selector (TnCKC register), it obtains its first reload value after it has been started again from the TnCRB register. Upon reset, the MFT is disabled. Every time this mode is entered, the first reload in this mode will be from register TnCRB. Once the underflow condition for TnCNT2 has been reached, TnCNT2 must be initialized again by the application. It is not reloaded by any reload register. Timer/counter 2 can be configured to generate an interrupt upon underflow if enabled by the TnDIEN bit. In pulse-train mode, the value of TnCNT2 specifies the number of pulses to be generated, plus one additional pulse (TnCTN2+1 number of pulses). In pulse-train mode, the trigger logic uses events on TnB to enable the timer/counter 1 clock. This function has to be enabled by setting the TnPTSTE bit to 0. 122/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details TnB can be configured to sense either positive-going or negative-going transitions. Timer/Counter 1 can be configured to toggle the TnA output bit upon underflow. This results in the generation of a pulse signal on TnA, with the width and duty cycle controlled by the values stored in the TnCRB and TnCRB registers. This is a processor-independent PWM signal because once the timer is set up, no more interaction is required from the software or the CPU in order to generate one or more PWM signal pulses. The initial value of the PWM output signal can be selected by software to be either high or low. The timer can be configured to generate separate interrupts upon reload from TnCRB and TnCRB. The TnAPND or TnBPND flags, which are set by the hardware upon occurrence of a timer reload, indicate which interrupt has occurred. The interrupts can be enabled or disabled under software control. 3.13.2.3 MFT mode 2: dual-input capture mode The Mode2 is used to capture transitions on two selected input pads of the device. The Timer/Counter1 can be used to manage the dual-capture feature as follows:   A transition on input pad connected to TnA pin of the MFT generates a transfer of TnCNT1 register value in TnCRB register. A transition on input pad connected to TnB pin of the MFT generates a transfer of TnCNT1 register value in TnCRB register. The Timer/counter2 can be used:  As a system counter: to count down at the rate of the selected clock. Note: the device input pad selection is done using MFTX_IOSEL register. The transition edge to capture has to be defined in TnAEDG and TnBEDG bits of the TnMCTRL register. The TnA and TnB inputs can be configured to perform a counter pReset to 0xFFFF upon reception of a valid capture event using TnAEN and TnBEN bits in TnMCTRL register. In this case, the current value of the counter is transferred to the corresponding capture register and then the counter is pReset to 0xFFFF. Using this approach directly allows the software to determine the on-time, off-time, or period of an external signal, while reducing CPU overhead. In Figure 18: "MFT mode 2 block diagram" below the block diagram related to the MFT mode 2. DocID028866 Rev 5 123/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Figure 18: MFT mode 2 block diagram The input signal on TnA and TnB must have a pulse width equal to or greater than one system clock cycle. The values captured in the TnCRB register at different times reflect the elapsed time between transitions on the TnA pin. The same is true for the TnCRB register and TnB pin. Each input pin can be configured to sense either positive-going or negativegoing transitions. The timer can be configured to generate interrupts on reception of a transition on either TnA or TnB, which can be enabled or disabled separately by the TnAIEN and TnBIEN bits. An underflow of TnCNT1 can generate an interrupt if enabled by the TnCIEN bit. Timer/counter 2 can be used as a simple system timer in this mode of operation. TnCNT2 counts down with the clock selected by the Timer/counter 2 clock selector, and can be configured to generate an interrupt upon underflow if enabled by the TnDIEN bit. TnCNT1 cannot operate in the pulse-accumulate or extemal-event counter modes, since the TnB input is used as a capture input. Selecting either of these modes for TnCNT1 causes TnCNT1 to be stopped. However, all available clock source modes may be selected for TnCNT2. Thus, it is possible to determine the number of capture events on TnB or the elapsed time between capture events on TnB by using TnCNT2. 3.13.2.4 MFT mode 3: dual independent timer/counter mode This Mode3 allows using the two timer/ ounter 1 and 2 separately. The timer/ counter1 can be used:  124/184 As a system counter: to count down at the rate of the selected clock. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details   To generate a 50% duty-cycle clock signal on TnA pin connected to the PWMx pin of the device (TnCNT1 reloaded by TnCRB on underflow). To be an event counter using TnB pin as an external event or pulse-accumulate input. The timer/counter2 can be used:   As a system counter: to count down at the rate of the selected clock. To be an event counter using TnB pin as an external event or pulse-accumulate input. In figure below the block diagram related to the MFT mode 3. Figure 19: MFT mode 3 block diagram In Mode 3, the timer/counter is configured to operate as a dual independent system timer or dual external-event counter. In addition, timer/counter 1 can generate a 50% duty cycle PWM signal on the TnA pin. The TnB pin can be used as an external-event input or pulseaccumulate input, and serve as the clock source to either Timer/Counter 1 or Timer/Counter 2. Both counters can also be operated from the prescaled system clock. Timer/Counter 1 (TnCNT1) counts down at the rate of the selected clock. Upon underflow, TnCNT1 is reloaded from the TnCRB register and counting proceeds. If enabled, the TnA pin toggles upon underflow of TnCNT1. The initial value of the TnA output can be selected by software to be either high or low. In addition, the TnAPND interrupt-pending flag is set, and a timer interrupt 1 is generated if the TnAIEN bit is set. Since TnA toggles upon every underflow, a 50% duty-cycle PWM signal can be generated on TnA without requiring any interaction of the software or the CPU. Timer/Counter 2 (TnCNT2) counts down at the rate of the selected clock. Upon every underflow of TnCNT2, the value contained in the TnCRB register is loaded into TnCNT2 and counting proceeds downward from that value. In addition, the TnDPND interruptpending flag is set and a timer interrupt 2 is generated if the TnDIEN bit is set. 3.13.2.5 MFT mode 4: input-capture plus timer mode This Mode4 is combination of Mode3 and Mode2. DocID028866 Rev 5 125/184 Functional details The timer/counter1 can be used:   BlueNRG-1 As a system counter: to count down at the rate of the selected clock. To generate a 50% duty-cycle clock signal on TnA pin connected to the PWMx pin of the device (TnCNT1 reloaded by TnCRB on underflow). The Timer/Counter2 can be used:   As a system counter: to count down at the rate of the selected clock. A transition on input pad connected to TnB pin of the MFT generates a transfer of TnCNT2 register value in TnCRB register. The device input pad selection is done using MFTX_IOSEL register The transition edge to capture has to be defined in TnBEDG bit of the TnMCTRL register. The TnB input can be configured to perform a counter pReset to 0xFFFF upon reception of a valid capture event using TnBEN bit in TnMCTRL register. In figure below the block diagram related to the MFT mode 4. Figure 20: MFT mode 4 block diagram This mode is a combination of mode 3 and mode 2,and makes it possible to operate timer/counter 2 as a single input-capture timer while Timer/Counter 1 can be used as a system timer as described above. TnCNT1 starts counting down once a clock has been enabled. Upon underflow, TnCNT1 is reloaded from the TnCRB register, and counting proceeds downward from that value. If enabled, the TnA pin toggles upon every underflow of TnCNT1. The initial value of the TnA output signal can be selected by software to be either high or low. In addition, the TnAPND interrupt-pending flag is set and a timer interrupt 1 is generated if the TnAIEN bit is set. 126/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Since TnA toggles upon every underflow, a 50% duty-cycle PWM signal can be generated on TnA without requiring any interaction with the software or the CPU. TnCNT2 starts counting down once a clock has been enabled. When a transition is received on TnB, the value contained in TnCNT2 is transferred to TnCRB, and the interrupt-pending flag TnBPND is set. A timer interrupt 1is generated if enabled. The software can enable a pReset of the counter to 0xFFFF upon detection of a transition on TnB. In this case, the current value of TnCNT2 is transferred to TnCRB, followed by a pReset of the counter to 0xFFFF. TnCNT2 starts counting downwards from 0xFFFF until the next transition is received on TnB, which causes the procedure of capture and pReset to be repeated. The underflow of TnCNT2 causes the TnDPND interrupt-pending flag to be set, and can also generate a timer interrupt 2 if enabled. The input signal on TnB must have a pulse width equal to or greater than one system clock cycle. TnB can be configured to sense either rising or falling edges. TnCNT2 cannot operate in the pulse-accumulate or external-event counter modes since the TnB input is used as a capture input. Selecting either of these modes for TnCNT2 causes TnCNT2 to be stopped. However, all available clock source modes may be selected for TnCNT1. Thus by using TnCNT1, it is possible to determine the number of capture events on TnB, or the elapsed time between capture events on TnB. 3.13.2.6 Timer IO functions There are two pins associated with each instance of the MFTX. The pins are called TnA and TnB. The functionality of TnA and TnB depends on the mode of operation and the value of the TnAEN and TnBEN bits. Table 145: "MFT IO functions" shows the function of TnA and TnB for various modes of operation. Note that if TnA functions as a PWM output, TnAOUT defines the initial and present value of TnA. For example, if the user wishes to start with TnA high, TnAOUT needs to be set before enabling the timer clock. Table 145: MFT IO functions Pin Mode 1 Mode 1a Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 PWM and counter PWM pulse train Dual-input capture and counter Dual independent counter Input capture plus timer TnAEN =0 TnBEN =X No output No output Capture TnCNT1 into TnCRB No output toggle No output toggle TnAEN =1 TnBEN =X Toggle output on underflow of TnCNT1 Toggle output on underflow of TnCNT1 Capture TnCNT1 into TnCRA and preset TnCNT1 TnAEN =X TnBEN =0 External event or pulse accumulate input External event if TnPTSE = 0 Capture TnCNT1 into TnCRB External event or pulse accumulate input Capture TnCNT2 into TnCRB TnAEN =X TnBEN =1 External event or pulse accumulate input External event if TnPTSE = 0 Capture TnCNT1 into TnCRB and preset TnCNT1 External event or pulse accumulate input Capture TnCNT2 into TnCRB and preset TnCNT2 TnAEN TnBEN TnA TnB DocID028866 Rev 5 Toggle output on underflow of TnCNT1 127/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details 3.13.2.7 IO configuration linked to MFT timers The MFT timers can be connected to the BlueNRG1 IO pins for the following features:   Input signal to trig the timer in capture mode. Output signal when PWM mode is used (clock output emulation with controlled duty cycle) In capture mode, the timer waits for an external IO event to start counting. The chosen IO for capture is programmed through IOSEL_MFTX register in IO peripheral. This register allows configuring input capture IO for timers A and B of both MFT1 and MFT2, depending on which timer(s) are configured in capture mode. In PWM mode, the signal is output on PWM0 IO for MFT1 and PWM1 for MFT2. Those IOs are available at different location thanks to alternate option. So to output the chosen PWM signal, it is necessary to configure the IO with the dedicated mode. 3.13.2.8 Timer interrupts All sources have a pending flag associated with them, and can be enabled or disabled by software. The pending flags are named TnXPND, where n denotes the instance of the module, and X represents a letter from A to D. An interrupt enable flag (TnXIEN) is associated with each interrupt-pending flag. Interrupt sources A, B and C can each generate a timer interrupt MFT1A for MFT1 and MFT2A for MFT2, whereas interrupt source D can generate a timer interrupt MFT1B for MFT1 and MFT2B for MFT2. Not all interrupt sources are available in all modes. Table 146: "MFT interrupt functions" shows which events can trigger an interrupt in which mode of operation. Table 146: MFT interrupt functions Sys. Int. Timer int. 1 (MFT1A, MFT2A) Timer int. 2 (MFT1B, MFT2B) 3.13.3 Mode 1 Mode 1a Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 PWM and counter PWM pulse train Dual-input capture and counter Dual independent counter Input capture plus timer TnAPND TnCNT1 reload from TnCRA TnCNT1 reload from TnCRA Input capture on TnA transition TnCNT1 reload from TnCRA TnCNT1 reload from TnCRA TnBPND TnCNT1 reload from TnCRB TnCNT1 reload from TnCRB Input capture on TnB transition N/A Input capture on TnB transition TnCPND N/A N/A TnCNT1 underflow N/A N/A TnDPND TnCNT2 underflow TnCNT2 underflow TnCNT2 underflow TnCNT2 reload from TnCRB TnCNT2 underflow Interrupt pending flag MFT registers MFT1 peripheral base address (MFT1_BASE_ADDR) 0x40D00000. MFT2 peripheral base address (MFT2_BASE_ADDR) 0x40E00000. 128/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 147: MFTX registers Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 TNCNT1 RW 0x00000000 Timer / counter1 register 0x04 TnCRA RW 0x00000000 Capture / reload A register 0x08 TNCRB RW 0x00000000 Capture / reload B register 0x0C TNCNT2 RW 0x00000000 Timer / counter2 register 0x10 TNPRSC RW 0x00000000 Clock prescaler register 0x14 TNCKC RW 0x00000000 Clock unit control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x18 TNMCTRL RW 0x00000000 Timer mode control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x1C TNICTRL RW 0x00000000 Timer interrupt control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x20 TNICLR RW 0x00000000 Timer interrupt clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. Description Table 148: MFTX – TNCNT1 register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 15:0 TNCNT1 0x0000 RW Register counter of timer1. 31:16 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 149: MFTX – TNCRA register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 31:0 TNCRA 0x0000 RW Register capture/reload A. 31:16 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 150: MFTX – TNCRB register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 31:0 TNCRB 0x0000 RW Register capture/reload B. 31:16 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 151: MFTX – TNCNT2 register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 31:0 TNCNT2 0x0000 RW Register counter of timer2. 31:16 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 152: MFTX – TNPRSC register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x10 Bit Field name Reset RW 7:0 TNPRSC 0x00 RW Clock prescaler register. 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 Description 129/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 153: MFTX - TNCKC register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x14 Bit Field name Reset RW Description Define the clock mode for timer/counter 1: 2:0 TNC1CSEL 0x0 RW      000b: No clock (timer/counter 1 stopped). 001b: Prescaled system clock. 010b: External event on TnB (mode 1 and 3 only). 011b: Pulse accumulate (mode 1 and 3 only). 100b: Low-speed clock. Define the clock mode for timer/counter 2: 5:3 TNC2CSEL 0x0 RW      31:6 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 000b: No clock (timer/counter 2 stopped). 001b: Prescaled system clock. 010b: External event on TnB (mode 1 and 3 only). 011b: Pulse accumulate (mode 1 and 3 only). 100b: Low-speed clock. Table 154: MFTX - TNMCTRL register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x18 Bit Field name Reset RW Description MFTX mode select:  1:0 130/184 TNMDSEL 0x0 RW    00b: Mode 1 or 1a: PWM mode and system timer or pulse train 01b: Mode 2: dual-input capture and system timer 10b: Mode 3: dual independent timer/counter 11b: Mode 4: Single timer and single input capture 2 TNAEDG 0x0 RW TnA edge polarity: 0: Input is sensitive to falling edges. 1: Input is sensitive to rising edges. 3 TNBEDG 0x0 RW TnB edge polarity: 0: Input is sensitive to falling edges. 1: Input is sensitive to rising edges. 4 TNAEN 0x0 RW TnA enable: 0: TnA in disable. 1: TnA in enable. 5 TNBEN 0x0 RW TnB enable: 0: TnB in disable. 1: TnB in enable. 6 TNAOUT 0x0 RW TnA output data: 0: Pin is low. 1: Pin is high. 7 TNEN 0x0 RW MFTX enable:0: MFTX disable.1: MFTX enable. 8 TNPTEN 0x0 RW Tn pulse-train mode enable: 0: Mode 1a not selected. 1: Mode 1a selected (if TnMDSEL = 00). DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 9 TNPTSE 0x0 RW Tn pulse-train sofware trigger enable:0: No effect.1: Pulsetrain generation trigger (in mode 1a) 10 TNPTET 0x0 RW Tn pulse-train event trigger: 0: No pulse-train event trigger occurred. 1: Pulse-train event trigger occurred (in mode 1a). 31:11 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 155: MFTX - TNICTRL register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x1C Bit 0 1 Field name TNAPND TNBPND Reset 0x0 0x0 RW Description R Timer interrupt A pending:· 0: No interrupt source pending. 1: Interrupt source pending. R Timer interrupt B pending: 0: No interrupt source pending. 1: Interrupt source pending. 2 TNCPND 0x0 R Timer interrupt C pending: 0: No interrupt source pending. 1: Interrupt source pending. 3 TNDPND 0x0 R Timer interrupt D pending: 0: No interrupt source pending. 1: Interrupt source pending. 4 TNAIEN 0x0 RW Timer interrupt A enable: 0: Interrupt disabled. 1: Interrupt enabled. 5 TNBIEN 0x0 RW Timer interrupt B enable: 0: Interrupt disabled. 1: Interrupt enabled. 6 TNCIEN 0x0 RW Timer interrupt C enable: 0: Interrupt disabled. 1: Interrupt enabled 7 TNDIEN 0x0 RW Timer interrupt D enable: 0: Interrupt disabled. 1: Interrupt enabled. 31:8 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 156: MFTX - TNICLR register description: address offset MFTX_BASE_ADDR+0x20 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 TNACLR 0x0 W 1: clear the timer pending flag A 1 TNBCLR 0x0 W 1: clear the timer pending flag B. 2 TNCCLR 0x0 W 1: clear the timer pending flag C. 3 TNDCLR 0x0 W 1: clear the timer pending flag D. DocID028866 Rev 5 131/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW 31:4 RESERVED 0x0 W Description RESERVED All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.14 Watchdog 3.14.1 Introduction The watchdog timer provides a way of recovering from software crashes. The watchdog monitors the interrupt and asserts a reset signal if the interrupt remains unserved for the entire programmed period. The watchdog clock is used to generate a regular interrupt, depending on a programmed value. It is counting down at a fixed frequency around 32.768 kHz provided either by embedded RCO or by the external XO 32 kHz. Main features are:    3.14.2 32-bit down counter at fixed frequency 32.768 kHz Generate an interrupt each time the counter reaches zero Generate an internal reset that reboot the system if the generated interrupt is not cleared by software and a second interrupt occurs Functional description The watchdog timer is a 32-bit down counter that divides the clock input to produce an interrupt. The divide ratio is fully programmable and controls the interrupt interval, which can be calculated as: Interrupt interval = (WDT_LOAD + 1) / (clock frequency in Hz). The table below shows examples of WDT_LOAD values. Table 157: Watchdog interrupt interval WDT_LOAD Interrupt interval (ms) 4294967295 131072000 65535 2000 32767 1000 4095 125 127 3.90625 63 1.953125 1 0.0610 A watchdog interrupt is generated each time the counter reaches zero. The counter is then reloaded with the content of the WDT_LR register. The interrupt status should be cleared by writing to the interrupt clear register. When the interrupt is cleared, the counter is 132/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details reloaded with the WDT_LOAD value. If the interrupt status is not cleared and a new interrupt is generated, then a watchdog Reset is generated, rebooting the system. The watchdog interrupt and Reset generation can be enabled or disabled as required by the system using the relevant bits in the control register. When the interrupt generation is disabled the watchdog counter is also stopped, and when the interrupt is enabled the counter will start from the programmed value, not the last-count value. Write access to the registers within the watchdog timer can be disabled in the watchdog lock register. Writing a value of 0x1ACC_E551 to this WDT_LOCK register allows write access to all other registers; writing any other value disables write access. This feature is included to allow some protection against software that might otherwise disable the watchdog functionality. 3.14.3 Watchdog registers WDG peripheral base address (WDG_BASE_ADDR) 0x40700000. Table 158: WDG registers Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 LR RW 0xFFFFFFFF Watchdog load register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 VAL R 0xFFFFFFFF Watchdog value register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x08 CR RW 0x00000000 Watchdog control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x0C ICR RW 0x00000000 Watchdog interrupt clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x10 RIS R 0x00000000 Watchdog raw interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x14 MIS R 0x00000000 Watchdog masked interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0xC00 LOCK RW 0x00000000 Watchdog Lock register. Refer to the detailed description below. Description Table 159: WDG - LR register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 31:0 LOAD 0xFFFFFFFF RW Watchdog load value. Value from which the counter is to decrement. When this register is written to, the count is immediately restarted from the new value. Table 160: WDG - VAL register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 WDTVAL 0xFFFFFFFF R Description Watchdog current value. When read, returns the current value of the decrementing watchdog counter. A write has no effect. DocID028866 Rev 5 133/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 161: WDG - CR register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 INTEN 0x0 RW Watchdog interrupt enable. Enable the interrupt event: 0: watchdog interrupt is disabled. 1: watchdog interrupt is enabled. 1 RESEN 0x0 RW Watchdog reset enable. Enable the watchdog reset output: 0: watchdog reset is disabled. 1: watchdog reset is enabled. 31:2 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 162: WDG - ICR register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit 31:0 Field name WDTICLR Reset 0x0 RW Description RW Watchdog interrupt clear: Writing any value will clear the watchdog interrupt and reloads the counter from the LR register. A read returns zero. Table 163: WDG - RIS register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x10 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 RIS 0x0 R Watchdog raw interrupt status bit. Reflects the status of the interrupt status from the watchdog: 0: watchdog interrupt is not active. 1: watchdog interrupt is active. Read-only bit. A write has no effect. 31:1 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 164: WDG - MIS register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0x14 Bit 134/184 Field name Reset RW Description 0 MIS 0x0 R Watchdog masked interrupt status bit. Masked value of watchdog interrupt status: 0: watchdog interrupt is not active. 1: watchdog interrupt is active. Read-only bit. A write has no effect. 31:1 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 165: WDG - LOCK register description: address offset WDG_BASE_ADDR+0xC00 Field name Bit 31:0 LOCKVAL Reset 0x0 RW Description RW Watchdog lock value. When read, returns the lock status: 0: Write access to all watchdog other registers is enabled. 1: Write access to all watchdog other registers is disabled. When written, allows enabling or disabling write access to all other watchdog registers: Writing 0x1ACCE551: Write access to all other registers is enabled. Writing any other value: Write access to all other registers is disabled. All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.15 RTC 3.15.1 Introduction The RTC timer can be used to provide an interrupt at regular time intervals. It generates an interrupt signal when it reaches zero after decrementing for a programmed number of cycles of the real-time clock input. The RTC timer can restart automatically from a load value when reaching zero if the auto restart mode is enabled, or it can stop when it reaches zero. The RTC is clocked by the 32 kHz clock and is switched off in low-power modes which prevents this timer to be used for wake-up events. 3.15.2 Functional description The RTC peripheral can be used either as real-time clock timer or as real-time clock watch. 3.15.2.1 Real-time clock timer The real-time clock timer (RTC timer) can be used to provide an interrupt at regular time intervals. The RTC timer can restart automatically from a load value when reaching zero if the auto restart mode is enabled, or it can stop when it reaches zero. The RTC timer has the following features:        32-bit down-counter. Interrupt generation when timer reaches zero. Start, auto restart (after counts to zero) and stop capability. On-the-fly register read and write access. 1/32 kHz minimum period. Multiple modes: periodic interrupt and single interrupt generation. Capability to switch between two load values in periodic mode. The timer reloads alternatively from one load value to the other and the down-counter starts decrementing every 31.25 μs (on average). DocID028866 Rev 5 135/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details The RTC timer is a 32-bit free-running counter, clocked by the 32 kHz clock signal (from an embedded 32 kHz RC), that works in two modes: periodic and one-shot. Table 166: RTC modes RTTOS bit Mode Description 0b Periodic The counter generates an interrupt at a constant interval, reloading a load value after wrapping past zero. There are two load values: RTC_TLR1 for pattern value 0 and RTC_TLR2 for pattern value 1. 1b Oneshot The counter generates an interrupt once. When the counter reaches zero, it halts until the user restarts it by: setting bit RTTEN in the RTC_TCR register of writing a new value to the load register RTC_TLR1 The RTC timer load registers define the values from which the counter restarts alternatively. In periodic mode, the timer must be stopped by the software before writing to a load register. The counter loads a value from RTC_TLR1 or from RTC_TLR2, depending on the value of the current pattern value that crosses the pattern register to decide after each interrupt generation, which value to load. The number of pattern bits to be crossed periodically (from the 128 bits) is specified in RTC_TCR [10:4]. This process offers the possibility to have better precision of the average tick period. In one-shot mode, the timer stops when it reaches zero, but the software can also stop it. Once the counter is halted, the load registers (RTC_TLR1, RTC_TLR2) can be written and the counter considers the new written value. After a write, RTTEN (RTC_TCR) is set if the timer is in self-start mode. Writing to RTC_TLR1 or RTC_TLR2 has no effect when the counter is running (the registers contents are not changed). 3.15.2.2 Real-time clock watch The RTC clock watch consists of two counters and two alarm registers that have the following features:   Two counters:  Counts seconds, minutes, hours, days of the week, days of the month.  Counts years. Two alarm registers:  To trigger an interrupt at exact date and time. The clock watch counters are split in two registers: The RTC_CWDR register that holds:    136/184 Seconds on six bits. Valid values are 0 to 59. (60, 61, 62 and 63 are invalid values, programming the RTC_CWDR with these values leads to unpredictable behavior.) The seconds are incremented on the CLK1HZ clock rate. Minutes on six bits. Valid values are 0 to 59 (60, 61, 62 and 63 are invalid values, programming the RTC_CWDR with these values leads to unpredictable behavior.) Hours on five bits. Valid values are 0 to 23 (24 to 31 are invalid values, programming the RTC_CWDR with these values leads to unpredictable behavior.) DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details    The day of the week on three bits. Valid values are 1 (Sunday) to 7 (Saturday) (0 is an invalid value, programming the RTC_CWDR with this value leads to unpredictable behavior.) The day of the month on five bits. Valid values are 1 to 31 for January, March, May, July, August, October and December, 1 to 30 for April, June, September, and November, 1 to 29 for February on leap years, or 1 to 28 for February on non-leap years. All other values are invalid values. Programming the RTC_CWDR with these values leads to unpredictable behavior.) The month on four bits. Valid values are 1 (January) to 12 (December). 0, 13, 14 and 15 are invalid values, programming the RTC_CWDR with these values leads to unpredictable behavior. The RTC_CWYR register holds:  The year, from 0 to 4096 The clock watch time and date can be changed by writing new settings in the RTC_CWDLR and RTC_CWYLR load registers. The new setting is transferred to the clock watch counters on the next CLK1HZ rising edge after the RTC_CWDLR register has been written. After each increment of the clock watch counters, the RTC_CWDR and RTC_CWYR registers are compared to the clock watch match registers, RTC_CWDMR and RTC_CWYMR. If both pairs of registers match, the internal interrupt signal RTCWINTR is raised. To ignore the corresponding bit-field of the RTC_CWDR register during the comparison, program the month (CWMONTHM), day of the month (CWDAYMM) or day of the week (CWDAYWM) bit-fields of the RTC_CWDMR register with zero values. To ignore the RTC_CWYR register during the comparison, program the year bit-fields of RTC_CWYMR register with zero values. 3.15.2.3 RTC interrupts The RTC generates two internal interrupt signals:   RTCINTR: raised when the two clock watch counter registers (RTC_CWDR and RTC_CWYR) match the two clock watch alarm registers (RTC_CWDMR and RTC_CWYMR). Some bit-fields can be ‘don’t care’ during the comparison if a zero value is used for year, month, day of month and day of week. The software must clear this interrupt by writing 1 in the bit RTCCWIC of RTC_ICR register. RTTINTR: raised when the full 32-bit down-counter RTC_TDR reaches zero and is only cleared by writing 1 in the bit RTTIC of the RTC_ICR register. The most significant carry bit of the counter detects the counter reaches zero. The software must clear this interrupt by writing 1 in the bit RTCTIC of the RTC_ICR register. Each individual interrupt can be masked by writing 0b to its corresponding interrupt mask set/clear bit in the RTC_IMSC register. Both the raw interrupt status (prior to masking) and the final interrupt status (after masking) for each individual interrupt signal can be read from the RTC_RIS and RTC_MIS status registers. The RTC delivers also a single combined interrupt signal, RTUINTR. This interrupt line is the logical OR of the both internal interrupt signals described above and is the signal connected to the processor interrupt line. DocID028866 Rev 5 137/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details 3.15.3 RTC registers RTC peripheral base address (RTC_BASE_ADDR) 0x40F00000. Table 167: RTC registers 138/184 Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 CWDR R 0x02120000 Clockwatch data register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 CWDMR RW 0x00000000 Clockwatch data match register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x08 CWDLR RW 0x00000000 Clockwatch data load register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x0C CWYR R 0x00002000 Clockwatch year register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x10 CWYMR RW 0x00002000 Clockwatch year match register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x14 CWYLR RW 0x00000000 Clockwatch year load register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x18 CTCR RW 0x00007FFF Control trim and counter register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x1C IMSC RW 0x00000000 RTC interrupt mask register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x20 RIS R 0x00000000 RTC raw interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x24 MIS R 0x00000000 RTC masked interrupt status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x28 ICR W 0x00000000 RTC interrupt clear register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x2C TDR R 0xFFFFFFFF RTC timer load value 0x30 TCR RW 0x00000000 RTC timer control register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x34 TLR1 RW 0x00000000 RTC timer first load register 0x38 TLR2 RW 0x00000000 RTC timer second load Register 0x3C TPR1 RW 0x00000000 RTC timer pattern register (pattern[31:0]) 0x40 TPR2 RW 0x00000000 RTC timer pattern register (pattern[63:32]) 0x44 TPR3 RW 0x00000000 RTC timer pattern register (pattern[95:64]) 0x48 TPR4 RW 0x00000000 RTC timer pattern register (pattern[127:96]) 0x4C TIN R 0x00000000 RTC timer interrupt number register Description DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 168: RTC - CWDR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW 5:0 CWSEC 0x0 R RTC clockwatch second value. Clockwatch seconds: 0 to 59 (max. 0x3B). 11:6 CWMIN 0x0 R RTC clockwatch minute value. Clockwatch seconds: 0 to 59 (max. 0x3B). 16:12 CWHOUR 0x0 R RTC clockwatch hour value. Clockwatch seconds: 0 to 23 (max. 0x17). R RTC clockwatch day of week value. Clockwatch day of week: 001b: Sunday. 010b: Monday. 011b: Tuesday. 100b: Wednesday. 101b: Thursday. 110b: Friday. 111b: Saturday. R RTC clockwatch day of month value: 1 to 28/29/30 or 31. Range of value to program depends on the month: 1 to 28: February month, non-leap year. 1 to 29: February month, leap year. 1 to 30: April, June, September, November month. 1 to 31: January, March, May, August, October, December month. 19:17 24:20 CWDAYW CWDAYM 0x1 0x1 Description 28:25 CWMONTH 0x1 R RTC clockwatch month value: 0001b: January. ... 1100: December. 31:29 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 169: RTC - CWDMR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit 5:0 11:6 16:12 Field name CWSECM CWMINM CWHOURM Reset 0x0 0x0 0x0 RW Description RW RTC clockwatch second match value: 00 0000 to 11 1011: (0 to 59 or 0x00 to 0x3B) clockwatch seconds. 11 1100 to 11 1111 - (60 to 63 or 0x3C to 0x3F). Non-valid data, match never occurs. RW RTC clockwatch minute match value: 00 0000 to 11 1011: (0 to 59 or 0x00 to 0x3B) clockwatch minutes. 11 1100 to 11 1111 - (60 to 63 or 0x3C to 0x3F). Non-valid data, match never occurs. RW RTC clockwatch hour match value: 00000b to 10111b: (0 to 23 or 0x00 to 0x17) hour match value. 11000b to 11111b - (24 to 31 or 0x18 to 0x1F). Non-valid data, match never occurs. DocID028866 Rev 5 139/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name 19:17 24:20 CWDAYWM CWDAYMM Reset 0x0 0x0 RW Description RW RTC clockwatch day of week match value: 000b: day of week does not care in the comparison. (Default value after PORn). 001b to 111b: (1 to 7) day of week match value. RW RTC clockwatch day of month match value: 0000b: (month does not care in the comparison. Default value after PORn). 1 to 31: day of month match value. 28:25 CWMONTHM 0x0 RW RTC clockwatch month match value: 0000b: (day of month does not in the comparison. Default value after PORn). 0001b to 1100b: (1 to 12) month match value. 1101b (13, 0xD) to 1111b (0xF) non-valid data, match never occurs. 31:29 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 170: RTC - CWDLR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW 5:0 CWSECL 0x0 RW RTC clockwatch second load value. Clockwatch seconds from 0 to 59 (0x3B). Other values must not be used. 11:6 CWMINL 0x0 RW RTC clockwatch minute load value. Clockwatch minutes from 0 to 59 (0x3B). Other values must not be used. 16:12 CWHOURL 0x0 RW RTC clockwatch hour load value. Clockwatch hours from 0 to 23 (0x17). Other values must not be used. RW RTC clockwatch day of week load value. Clockwatch day of week: 000b: Must not be used. 001b: Sunday. 010b: Monday. 011b: Tuesday. 100b: Wednesday. 101b: Thursday. 110b: Friday. 111b: Saturday. RW RTC clockwatch day of month load value. 1 to 28/29/30 or 31 depending on month: 1 to 28: February month, non-leap year. 1 to 29: February month, leap year. 1 to 30: April, June, September, November month. 1 to 31: January, March, May, August, October, December month. Other values must not be used. 19:17 24:20 140/184 CWDAYWL CWDAYML 0x0 0x0 Description DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 28:25 CWMONTHL 0x0 RW RTC clockwatch month load value: 0001b: January. ... 1100: December. Other values must not be used. 31:29 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 171: RTC - CWYR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x0C Bit Field name Reset RW Description 13:0 CWYEAR 0x2000 R RTC clockwatch year value. Clockwatch year, in BCD format is from 0 to 3999. 31:14 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 172: RTC - CWYMR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x10 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 13:0 CWYEARM 0x2000 RW RTC clockwatch year match value. Clockwatch year match value is in BCD format from 0 to 3999. 31:14 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 173: RTC - CWYLR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x14 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 13:0 CWYEARL 0x0 RW RTC clockwatch year load value. Clockwatch year load value is in BCD format from 0 to 3999. 31:14 RESERVED 0x0 RW RW RESERVED Table 174: RTC - CTCR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x18 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 14:0 CKDIV 0x7FFF RW Clock divider factor. This value plus one represents the integer part of the CLK32K clock divider used to produce the reference 1 Hz clock. 0x000: CLK1HZ clock is similar to CLK32K for RTC timer and stopped for RTC clockwatch. 0x0001: 2 CLK32K clock cycles per CLK1HZ clock cycle. ... 0x7FFF: 32768 CLK32K clock cycles per CLK1HZ clock cycle (default value after PORn Reset). ... 0xFFFF: CLK32K clock cycles per CLK1HZ clock cycle. Writing to this bit-field is disregarded if CWEN = 1. A read returns the value of the CKDIV bit-field. 15 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 141/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit 25:16 Field name CKDEL Reset 0x0 RW Description RW Trim delete count. This value represents the number of CLK32K clock pulses to delete every 1023 CLK32K clock cycles to get a better reference 1 Hz clock for incrementing the RTC counter. 0x000: No CLK32K clock cycle is deleted every 1023 CLK1HZ clock cycles (default value after PORn Reset). 0x001: 1 CLK32K clock cycle is deleted every 1023 CLK1HZ clock cycles. ... 0x3FF: 1023 CLK32K clock cycles are deleted every 1023 CLK1HZ clock cycles. Writing to this bit-field is disregarded if CWEN = 1. A read returns the value of the CKDEL bit-field. 26 CWEN 0x0 RW Clockwatch enable bit. When set to 1, the clockwatch is enabled. Once it is enabled, any write to this register has no effect until a Power-On-Reset. A read returns the value of the CWEN bit value. 31:27 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 175: RTC - IMSC register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x1C Bit 0 Field name WIMSC Reset 0x0 RW Description RW RTC clock watch interrupt enable bit: When set to 0, clears the interrupt mask (default after PORn Reset). The interrupt is disabled. When set to 1, the interrupt for RTC clockwatch interrupt is enabled. 1 TIMSC 0x0 RW RTC timer interrupt enable bit: When set to 0, sets the mask for RTC timer interrupt (default after PORn reset). The interrupt is disabled. When set to 1, clears this mask and enables the interrupt. 31:2 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 176: RTC - RIS register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x20 142/184 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 WRIS 0x0 R RTC clock watch raw interrupt status bit. Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of the RTC clock watch interrupt. 1 TRIS 0x0 R RTC timer raw interrupt status bit. Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of the RTC timer interrupt. 31:2 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 177: RTC - MIS register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x24. Bit Field name Reset RW Description 0 WMIS 0x0 R RTC clock watch interrupt status bit. Gives the masked interrupt status (after masking) of the RTC clock watch interrupt WINTR. 1 TMIS 0x0 R RTC timer interrupt status bit. Gives the masked interrupt status (after masking) of the RTC timer interrupt TINTR. 31:2 RESERVED 0x0 R RESERVED Table 178: RTC - ICR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x28 Bit Field name 0 Reset WIC 0x0 RW Description W RTC clock watch interrupt clear register bit. Clears the RTC clock watch interrupt WINTR. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. 1 TIC 0x0 W RTC timer interrupt clear register bit. Clears the RTC timer interrupt TINTR. 0: No effect. 1: Clears the interrupt. 31:2 RESERVED 0x0 W RESERVED Table 179: RTC – TDR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x2C Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 TDR 0xFFFFFFFF R Description RTC time load value. Table 180: RTC - TCR register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x30 Bit 0 Field name OS Reset 0x0 RW Description RW RTC timer one shot count. 0: Periodic mode (default). When reaching zero, the RTC timer raises its interrupt and is reloaded from the LD content. 1: One-shot mode. When reaching zero, the RTC timer raise its interrupt and stops. 1 EN 0x0 RW RTC timer enable bit. 0: The RTC timer is stopped on the next CLK32K cycle. 1: The RTC timer is enabled on the next CLK32K cycle. When the RTC timer is stopped, the content of the counter is frozen. A read returns the value of the EN bit. This bit set by hardware when the TLR register is written to while the counter is stopped. When the device is active, this bit is cleared by hardware when the counter reaches zero in one-shot mode. 2 S 0x0 RW RTC timer self-start bit. When written to 1b, each write in a load register or a pattern will set EN to 1b, so, start the counter in the next CLK32K cycle. 3 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED 10:4 SP 0x0 RW RTC Timer Pattern size. Number of pattern bits crossed by the pointer. It defines the useful pattern size. DocID028866 Rev 5 143/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description 11 CLK 0x0 RW RTC timer clock. 0: The RTC timer is clocked by CLK32K. 1: The RTC timer is clocked by the trimmed clock. 12 BYPASS_GATED 0x0 RW Enable or disable the internal clock gating: 0: The internal clock gating is activated. 1: No clock gating, clock is always enabled. 31:13 RESERVED 0x0 RW RESERVED Table 181: RTC – TLR1 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x34 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 31:0 TLR1 0x00000000 RW RTC timer first load value. Table 182: RTC – TLR2 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x38 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 TLR2 0x00000000 RW Description RTC timer second load value. Table 183: RTC – TPR1 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x3C Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 TPR1 0x00000000 RW Description RTC timer pattern register (pattern[31:0]). Table 184: RTC – TPR2 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x40 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 TPR2 0x00000000 RW Description RTC timer pattern register (pattern[63:32]). Table 185: RTC – TPR3 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x44 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 TPR3 0x00000000 RW Description RTC timer pattern register (pattern[95:64]). Table 186: RTC – TPR4 register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x48 Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 TPR4 0x00000000 RW Description RTC timer pattern register (pattern[127:96]). Table 187: RTC – TIN register description: address offset RTC_BASE_ADDR+0x4C Bit Field name Reset RW 31:0 TIN 0x00000000 R Description RTC timer interrupt number register. All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 144/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details 3.16 RNG 3.16.1 Introduction The RNG is a real random number generator based on a continuous analog noise that provides a 16-bit value to the host when read. 3.16.2 Functional description The peripheral is normally used by the Bluetooth Stack, but the user can read the random value at any time by accessing the register VAL. The RNG peripheral is addressed through the AHB, so the access must be at 32-bit, otherwise hard fault is generated on Cortex M0. The minimum period between two consecutive random numbers is about 1.25 µs. 3.16.3 RNG registers RNG peripheral base address (RNG_BASE_ADDR) 0xB0000000 Table 188: RNG registers Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 CR RW 0x00000000 RNG configuration register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x04 SR R 0x00000000 RNG status register. Refer to the detailed description below. 0x08 VAL R 0x00000000 RNG 16-bit random value. Refer to the detailed description below. Description Table 189: RNG – CR register description: address offset RNG_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW 1:0 RESERVED 0x0 RW Description RESERVED Set the state of the random number generator. 2 DIS 0x0 RW 31:3 RESERVED 0x00000000 RW   0: RNG is enable. 1: RNG is disabled. The internal free-running oscillators are put in power-down mode and the RNG clock is stopped at the input of the block. RESERVED DocID028866 Rev 5 145/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 190: RNG – SR register description: address offset RNG_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW Description New random value ready.  0 RDY 0x0 R  0: The VAL register value is not yet valid. If performing a read access to VAL, the host will be put on hold until a random value is available. 1: The VAL register contains a valid random number. This bit remains at 0 when the RNG is disabled (RNGDIS bit = 1b in CR) 31:1 RESERVED 0x00000000 R RESERVED Table 191: RNG – VAL register description: address offset RNG_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description 15:0 RANDOM_VALUE 0x0000 R The 16-bit random value. 31:16 RESERVED 0x0000 R RESERVED All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.17 PDM stream processor The BlueNRG-1 integrates a digital filter for processing PDM stream coming from a digital microphone and inputting into a GPIO pin. The BlueNRG-1 outputs a 0.8MHz or 1.6MHz signal into a GPIO pin for providing the digital microphone with a frequency clock. 3.18 System timer (SysTick) The BlueNRG-1 includes a system timer (SysTick) that can be polled by software or can be configured to generate an interrupt. SysTick interrupt has its own entry in the vector table and therefore can have its own handler. 3.19 Public key accelerator (PKA) The Public key accelerator is for the computation of cryptographic public key primitives through elliptic curve cryptography (ECC) using a predefined prime modulus and a predefined curve. 3.19.1 PKA functional description The PKA core is clocked by the system clock divided by two and the PKA memory is clocked by system clock. This peripheral is addressed through the AHB, so the access must be at 32-bit or a hard fault is generated on the Cortex M0. The PKA works on a 4 kB dedicated RAM block located in 0xC0000400. The main features of the PKA block are:  146/184 elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH) public-private key pair calculation accelerator DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details     based on the Montgomery method for fast modular multiplications built-in Montgomery domain inward and outward transformations AMBA AHB lite slave interface with a reduced command set single port internal memory available for the system when the BlueNRG-1 PKA is not using it. The PKA and the PKA RAM are clock gated by default after reset, so the clock must be enabled in CKGEN_SOC before using PKA functionality. The input data, output data and data verification result have specific locations in the PKA RAM. Table 192: PKA RAM data location Parameter description PKA RAM offset address Size (words) INPUT: ECC K value of kP 0x6C EOS(1) INPUT: input point P, coordinate X 0x90 EOS INPUT: input point P, coordinate Y 0xB4 EOS OUTPUT: output point P, coordinate X 0x90 EOS OUTPUT: output point P, coordinate Y 0xB4 EOS OUTPUT: error value 0x00 1 Notes: (1)ECC operand size. An error value of 1 indicates that input point P does not satisfy the curve equation; in this case, the computation is very short. If the calculation returns an error value of 0, the result is valid. The maximum length of data is calculated by: Max. EOS = (max_ecc_size / word_size) + 1 If ECC P256 is used, the PKA core needs an operand of 9 (256/32 + 1) words. When loading a 256-bit (8 word) input, an additional word is requested and must be filled with zero. The starting point P for the computation is:   3.19.2 PX = (0x6B17D1F2, 0xE12C4247, 0xF8BCE6E5, 0x63A440F2, 0x77037D81, 0x2DEB33A0, 0xF4A13945, 0xD898C296) PY = (0x4FE342E2, 0xFE1A7F9B, 0x8EE7EB4A, 0x7C0F9E16, 0x2BCE3357, 0x6B315ECE, 0xCBB64068, 0x37BF51F5) PKA registers PKA peripheral base address (PKA_BASE_ADDR) 0xC0000000 Table 193: PKA registers Address offset Name RW Reset 0x00 CSR RW 0x00000002 Command and status register 0x04 ISR RW 0x00000000 Interrupt status register 0x08 IEN RW 0x00000000 Interrupt enable register DocID028866 Rev 5 Description 147/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Table 194: PKA – CSR register description: address offset PKA_BASE_ADDR+0x00 Bit Field name Reset RW Description PKA start processing command: 0 GO 0 W   0: has no effect. 1: starts the processing. After this bitfield is set to 1, it must be written back to 0 manually. PKA readiness status: 1 READY 1 R   0: the PKA is computing. It is not ready. 1: the PKA is ready to start a new process. The rising edge of the READY bit set the PROC_END flag in the ISR register. 6:2 RESERVED 0x00 RW RESERVED PKA software reset: 7 SFT_RST 0 W   0: has no effect. 1: reset the PKA peripheral. After this bitfield is set to 1, it must be written back to 0 manually. 31:8 RESERVED 0x00 RW RESERVED Table 195: PKA – ISR register description: address offset PKA_BASE_ADDR+0x04 Bit Field name Reset RW Description PKA process ending interrupt. When read:   0 PROC_END 0 RW When written:   1 RESERVED 0 0: no event. 1: PKA process is ended. 0: no effect. 1: clears the PKA process ending interrupt. RW RESERVED RAM read/write access error interrupt. When read:   2 RAM_ERR 0 RW 0: all AHB read or write access to the PKA RAM occurred while the PKA was stopped. 1: All the AHB read or write accesses to the PKA RAM occurred while the PKA was operating and using the internal RAM. These reads or writes could not succeed as the PKA internal RAM is disconnected from the AHB bus when the PKA is operating (READ bit low). When written:   148/184 0: no effect. 1: clears the RAM access error interrupt. DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details Bit Field name Reset RW Description AHB address error interrupt. When read:   3 ADD_ERR 0 RW 0: All AHB read or write access to the PKA RAM occurred in a mapped address range. 1: All the AHB read or write access to the PKA RAM occurred in an unmapped address range. When written:   31:4 RESERVED 0x00000000 0: no effect. 1: clears the AHB address error interrupt. RW RESERVED Table 196: PKA – IEN register description: address offset PKA_BASE_ADDR+0x08 Bit Field name Reset RW Description Process ended interrupt enable. 0 1 PROCEND_EN RESERVED 0 RW 0 RW   0: interrupt disabled. 1: interrupt enabled. RESERVED RAM access error interrupt enable. 2 RAMERR_EN 0 RW   0: interrupt disabled. 1: interrupt enabled. AHB address error interrupt enable. 3 ADDERR_EN 0 RW 31:4 RESERVED 0 RW   0: interrupt disabled. 1: interrupt enabled. RESERVED All RESERVED fields inside registers must always be written with their default value. 3.20 TX/RX event alert The BlueNRG-1 is provided with the ANATEST1 (pin 14 for QFN32 package and pin D4 for WCSP34 package) signal which alerts forthcoming transmission or reception event. The ANATEST1 pin switches to high level about 18 μs before transmission and about 10 μs before reception. Then, it switches to low level at the end of the event. The signal can be used to control external antenna switching and to support coexistence with other wireless technologies. 3.21 SWD debug feature The BlueNRG-1 embeds the ARM serial wire debug (SWD) port. It is two pins (clock and single bi-directional data) debug interface, providing all the debug functionality plus realDocID028866 Rev 5 149/184 BlueNRG-1 Functional details time access to system memory without halting the processor or requiring any target resident code. Table 197: SWD port Pin functionality Pin name Pin description SWCLK IO9 SWD clock signal SWDIO IO10 SWD data signal The Cortex-M0 subsystem of the BlueNRG-1 embeds two breakpoints and one watchpoint. 3.21.1 Debugging tips There are certain situations where debug access is disabled and the chip cannot be accessed, including:   application that disables debug pins application that set the device in sleep or standby state, in which the debug port is not powered. These cases are common during application development and device can end up in a state where debug access is no longer possible. To recover this situation, it is recommended to force IO7 pin high and hardware reset the device in order to force execution of the updater code (see Section 3.23: "Pre-programmed bootloader"). The user can then connect with SWD interface and erase the device Flash memory. 3.22 Bluetooth low energy radio The BlueNRG-1 integrates a RF transceiver compliant to the Bluetooth specification and to the standard national regulations in the unlicensed 2.4 GHz ISM band. The RF transceiver requires very few external discrete components. It provides 96 dB link budgets with excellent link reliability, keeping the maximum peak current below 15 mA. In transmit mode, the power amplifier (PA) drives the signal generated by the frequency synthesizer out to the antenna terminal through a very simple external network. The power delivered as well as the harmonic content depends on the external impedance seen by the PA. 3.22.1 Radio operating modes Several operating modes are defined for the BlueNRG-1 radio:     Reset mode Sleep mode Active mode Radio mode  RX mode  TX mode In Reset mode, the BlueNRG-1 is in ultra-low power consumption: all voltage regulators, clocks and the RF interface are not powered. The BlueNRG-1 enters Reset mode by asserting the external Reset signal. As soon as it is de-asserted, the device follows the normal activation sequence to transit to active mode. 150/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Functional details In sleep mode either the low speed crystal oscillator or the low speed ring oscillator are running, whereas the high speed oscillators are powered down as well as the RF interface. The state of the BlueNRG- is retained and the content of the RAM is preserved. While in sleep mode, the BlueNRG- waits until an internal timer expires and then it goes into active mode. In active mode the BlueNRG- is fully operational: all interfaces, including RF, are active as well as all internal power supplies together with the high speed frequency oscillator. The MCU core is also running. Radio mode differs from active mode as also the RF transceiver is active and it is capable of either transmitting or receiving. 3.23 Pre-programmed bootloader BlueNRG-1 device has a pre-programmed bootloader supporting UART protocol with automatic baudrate detection. Main features of the embedded bootloader are:     Auto baudrate detection up to 460 kbps Flash mass erase, section erase Flash programming Flash readout protection enable/disable The pre-programmed bootloader is an application which is stored on the BlueNRG-1 internal ROM at manufacturing time by STMicroelectronics. This application allows upgrading the device Flash with a user application using a serial communication channel (UART). Bootloader is activated by hardware by forcing IO7 high during power-up or hardware Reset, otherwise, application residing in Flash will be launched. The customer application must ensure that IO7 is forced low during power up. Bootloader protocol is described in a separate application note. 3.24 Unique device serial number The BlueNRG-1 device has a unique six-byte serial number stored at address 0x100007F4: it is stored as two words (8 bytes) at addresses 0x100007F4 and 0x100007F8 with unique serial number padded with 0xAA55. DocID028866 Rev 5 151/184 BlueNRG-1 Pin description 4 Pin description The BlueNRG-1 is proposed in two package versions: WCSP34 offering 14 GPIOs and QFN32 offering 15 GPIOs. Figure 21: "BlueNRG-1 pin-out top view (QFN32)" shows the QFN32 pin out and Figure 22: "BlueNRG-1 ball out top view (WCSP34)" shows the WCSP34 ball out. Figure 21: BlueNRG-1 pin-out top view (QFN32) 152/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Pin description Figure 22: BlueNRG-1 ball out top view (WCSP34) DocID028866 Rev 5 153/184 BlueNRG-1 Pin description Figure 23: BlueNRG-1 ball out bottom view (WCSP34) Table 198: Pinout description Pins 154/184 Name I/O Description 1 F1 IO10 I/O General purpose digital I/O 2 E1 IO9 I/O General purpose digital I/O 3 D3 IO8 I/O General purpose digital I/O 4 D2 IO7/BOOT (1) I/O Bootloader pin/ General purpose digital I/O 5 D1 IO6 I/O General purpose digital I/O 6 A3 VBAT3 VDD Battery voltage input 7 C2 IO5 I/O General purpose digital I/O 8 C3 IO4 I/O General purpose digital I/O 9 B1 IO3 I/O General purpose digital I/O 10 A1 IO2 I/O General purpose digital I/O 11 B2 IO1 I/O General purpose digital I/O 12 A2 IO0 I/O General purpose digital I/O 13 A5 ANATEST0(2)/IO14 I/O Analog output/ General purpose digital I/O 14 D4 ANATEST1(1) O Analog output 15 B4 ADC1 I ADC input 1 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Pin description Pins Name I/O Description 16 D5 ADC2 I ADC input 2 17 A6 FXTAL1 I 16/32 MHz crystal 18 B5 FXTAL0 I 16/32 MHz crystal 19 - VBAT2 VDD Battery voltage input 20 C6 RF1 I/O Antenna + matching circuit connection 21 D6 RF0 I/O Antenna + matching circuit connection 22 E4 SXTAL1 I 32 kHz crystal 23 E5 SXTAL0 I 32 kHz crystal 24 E6 VBAT1 VDD Battery voltage input 25 B3 RESETN I System reset 26 F6 SMPSFILT1 I SMPS output to external filter 27 F4 SMPSFILT2 I/O SMPS output to external filter/battery voltage input 28 F3 VDD1V2 O 1.2 V digital core output 29 - IO13 I/O General purpose digital Input 30 F2 IO12 I/O General purpose digital Input 31 E3 TEST I Test pin put to GND 32 E2 IO11 I/O General purpose digital I/O - A4 GND GND Ground - B6 GND GND Ground - C1 GND GND Ground - F5 GND GND Ground Notes: (1)The pin IO7/BOOT is monitored by bootloader after power up or hardware Reset and it should be low to prevent unwanted bootloader activation. (2)Pins used for the crystal startup measurement. DocID028866 Rev 5 155/184 BlueNRG-1 Memory mapping 5 Memory mapping Program memory, data memory, registers and I/O ports are organized within the same linear 4-Gbyte address space. The bytes are coded in memory in little Endian format. The lowest numbered byte in a word is considered the word’s least significant byte and highest numbered byte the most significant. The addressable memory space is divided into 16 main blocks, each 256 MB. All the memory areas that are not allocated to on-chip memories and peripherals are considered “RESERVED”. For the detailed mapping of an available memory and register areas, please refer to the memory map in table below and to the register lists detailed in each of the peripheral sections. Table 199: Memory mapping Address Cortex-M0 address map Size Description 0x0000_0000 – 0x0000_0FFF Code 4 kB ROM 0x1000_0000 – 0x1000_0FFF Code 4 kB ROM 0x1004_0000 – 0x1006_7FFF Code 160 kB Flash 0x2000_0000 – 0x2000_2FFF SRAM0 always on 12 kB SRAM 0x2000_3000 – 0x2000_5FFF SRAM1 switchable 12 kB SRAM 0x2000_6000 – 0x3FFF_FFFF 0x4000_0000 4 kB GPIO 0x4010_0000 4 kB Flash controller 0x4020_0000 4 kB System controller 0x4030_0000 4 kB UART 0x4040_0000 4 kB SPI 0x4050_0000 4 kB RESERVED 0x4060_0000 4 kB RESERVED 0x4070_0000 4 kB Watchdog 0x4080_0000 4 kB ADC 4 kB Clock generator 0x40A0_0000 4 kB I2C2 0x40B0_0000 4 kB I2C1(1) 0x40C0_0000 4 kB AHB up converter 0x40D0_0000 4 kB MFT1 0x40E0_0000 4 kB MFT2 0x40F0_0000 4 kB RTC 0x4100_0000 4 kB RESERVED 0x4800_0000 4 kB BLE controller 0x4810_0000 4 kB BLE clock generator 0x4090_0000 156/184 RESERVED APB peripheral DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Memory mapping Address Cortex-M0 address map Size Description 0x5000_0000 4 kB RESERVED 0xA000_0000 4 kB DMA controller 4 kB RNG 0xC000_0000 4 kB PKA 0xC000_0400 4 kB PKA RAM 1 MB Cortex-M0 registers 256 MB RESERVED 256 MB RESERVED 0xB000_0000 AHB peripheral 0xE000_0000 – 0xE00F_FFFF Private peripheral bus 0xE010_0000 – 0xEFFF_FFFF 0xF000_0000 – 0xFFFF_FFFF RESERVED Notes: (1)The I²C 1 is not available in WLCSP34 package. All the peripherals are addressed by APB, except DMA, RNG and PKA peripherals that are addressed by AHB. The peripherals DMA, RNG and PKA that are addressed through the AHB, must be accessed only with 32-bit accesses. Any 8-bit or 16-bit access generates an AHB error leading to a hard fault on Cortex-M0. DocID028866 Rev 5 157/184 BlueNRG-1 Application circuit 6 Application circuit The schematics below are purely indicative. Figure 24: Application circuit: active DC-DC converter QFN32 package Figure 25: Application circuit: non-active DC-DC converter QFN32 package 158/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 Application circuit Figure 26: Application circuit: active DC-DC converter WCSP34 package Figure 27: Application circuit: non active DC-DC converter WCSP34 package DocID028866 Rev 5 159/184 BlueNRG-1 Application circuit Table 200: External component list 160/184 Component Description C1 Decoupling capacitor C2 DC-DC converter output capacitor C3 Decoupling capacitor for 1.2 V digital regulator C4 Decoupling capacitor for 1.2 V digital regulator C5 Decoupling capacitor C6 32 kHz crystal loading capacitor C7 32 kHz crystal loading capacitor C8 RF balun/matching network capacitor C9 RF balun/matching network capacitor C10 RF balun/matching network capacitor C11 RF balun/matching network capacitor C12 RF balun/matching network capacitor C13 RF balun/matching network capacitor C14 RF balun/matching network capacitor C15 Decoupling capacitor C16 16/32 MHz crystal loading capacitor C17 16/32 MHz crystal loading capacitor C18 Decoupling capacitor C19 DC-DC converter output capacitor L1 32 kHz crystal filter inductor L2 16/32 MHz crystal filter inductor L3 RF balun/matching network inductor L4 RF balun/matching network inductor L5 RF balun/matching network inductor XTAL1 32 kHz crystal (optional) XTAL2 16/32 MHz crystal DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 7 Absolute maximum ratings and thermal data Absolute maximum ratings and thermal data Table 201: Absolute maximum ratings Pin Parameter Value Unit VBAT3, VBAT2, VBAT1, RESETN, SMPSFILT1, SMPSFILT2 DC-DC converter supply voltage input and output -0.3 to +3.9 V VDD1V2 DC voltage on linear voltage regulator -0.3 to +3.9 V DIO0 to DIO14, TEST DC voltage on digital input/output pins -0.3 to +3.9 V ANATEST0, ANATEST1, ADC1, ADC2 DC voltage on analog pins -0.3 to +3.9 V FXTAL0, FXTAL1, SXTAL0, SXTAL1 DC voltage on XTAL pins -0.3 to +1.4 V RF0, RF1 DC voltage on RF pins -0.3 to +1.4 V TSTG Storage temperature range -40 to +125 °C VESD-HBM Electrostatic discharge voltage ±2.0 kV Absolute maximum ratings are those values above which damage to the device may occur. Functional operation under these conditions is not implied. All voltages are referred to GND. Table 202: Thermal data Symbol Parameter Value Unit Rthj-amb Thermal resistance junction-ambient 34 (QFN32) 50 (WLCSP34) °C/W Rthj-c Thermal resistance junction-case 2.5 (QFN32) 25 (WLCSP34) °C/W DocID028866 Rev 5 161/184 BlueNRG-1 General characteristics 8 General characteristics Table 203: Recommended operating conditions 162/184 Symbol Parameter Min. VBAT Operating battery supply voltage TA Operating ambient temperature range DocID028866 Rev 5 Typ. Max. Unit 1.7 3.6 V -40 +105 °C BlueNRG-1 Electrical specifications 9 Electrical specifications 9.1 Electrical characteristics Characteristics measured over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise specified. Typical value are referred to T A = 25 °C, VBAT = 3.0 V. All performance data are referred to a 50 Ω antenna connector, via reference design, QFN32 package version. Table 204: Electrical characteristics Symbol Parameter Test conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit Power consumption when DC-DC converter active Reset – 5 – nA Standby – 500 – nA – µA Sleep mode: 32 kHz XO ON (24 KB retention RAM) 0.9 – Sleep mode: 32 kHZ RO ON (24 KB retention RAM) IBAT Supply current 2.1 Active mode: CPU, Flash and RAM on – 1.9 – mA RX – 7.7 – mA – mA TX +8 dBm 15.1 TX +4 dBm 10.9 TX +2 dBm 9 TX -2 dBm – 8.3 TX -5 dBm 7.7 TX -8 dBm 7.1 TX -11 dBm 6.8 TX -14 dBm 6.6 Power consumption when DC-DC converter not active IBAT IBAT Supply current Supply current Reset – 5 – nA Standby – 500 – nA Sleep mode: 32 kHz XO ON (24 kB retention RAM) – 0.9 – µA Sleep mode: 32 kHZ RO ON (24 kB retention RAM) – 2.1 – Active mode: CPU, Flash and RAM on – 3.3 – RX – 14.5 TX +8 dBm 28.8 TX +4 dBm 20.5 TX +2 dBm – 17.2 TX -2 dBm 15.3 TX -5 dBm 14 DocID028866 Rev 5 mA mA – mA 163/184 BlueNRG-1 Electrical specifications Symbol Parameter Test conditions Min. Typ. TX -8 dBm 13 TX -11 dBm 12.3 TX -14 dBm 12 Max. Unit Table 205: Digital I/O specifications Symbol Test conditions Min. VIL VIH 9.1.1 IOL = 3 mA VOH IOH = 3 mA Max. Unit – 0.3*VDD V – 0.65*VDD VOL Typ. – – 0.7*VDD V 0.4 V V Peripheral current consumption Table 206: Peripheral current consumption Peripheral Typical consumption VDD = 3.0 V, TA = 25 °C GPIO 11.6 Flash controller 6.3 System controller 0.2 UART 82.3 SPI 46.5 Watchdog 3.6 ADC 6.3 I2C1 95.9 I2C2 97.1 MFT1 5.4 MFT2 6.2 RTC 7.5 DMA 16.3 RNC 21.7 PKA 23.7 Unit μA The values are calculated as the increment to the current consumption when the peripheral is activated. The peripheral is activated if the related clock is provided. 164/184 DocID028866 Rev 5 BlueNRG-1 9.2 Electrical specifications RF general characteristics Characteristics measured over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise specified. Typical value are referred to T A= 25 °C, VBAT =3.0 V. All performance data are referred to a 50 Ω antenna connector, via reference design, QFN32 package version. Table 207: RF general characteristics 9.3 Symbol Parameter FREQ Test conditions Min. Typ. Frequency range 2400 – FCH Channel spacing – RFch RF channel center frequency 2402 2 – Max. Unit 2483.5 MHz – MHz 2480 MHz RF transmitter characteristics Characteristics measured over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise specified. Typical value are referred to T A = 25 °C, VBAT = 3.0 V. All performance data are referred to a 50 Ω antenna connector, via reference design, QFN32 package version. Table 208: RF transmitter characteristics Symbol Parameter Test conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit MOD Modulation scheme BT Bandwidth-bit period product – 0.5 – Mindex Modulation index – 0.5 – DR Air data rate – 1 – Mbps PMAX Maximum output power – +8 +10 dBm PRFC Minimum output power – -16.5 – dBm PBW1M 6 dB bandwidth for modulated carrier (1 Mbps) Using resolution bandwidth of 100 kHz 500 – – kHz PRF1 1st Adjacent channel transmit power 2 MHz Using resolution bandwidth of 100 kHz and average detector – -35 – dBm PRF2 2nd Adjacent channel transmit power >3 MHz Using resolution bandwidth of 100 kHz and average detector – -40 – dBm ZLOAD Optimum differential load @ 2440 MHz – 25.4 + j20.8(1) – Ω GFSK At antenna connector Notes: (1)Simulated value. DocID028866 Rev 5 165/184 BlueNRG-1 Electrical specifications 9.4 RF receiver characteristics Characteristics measured over recommended operating conditions unless otherwise specified. Typical value are referred to T A = 25 °C, VBAT =3.0 V. All performance data are referred to a 50 Ω antenna connector, via reference design, QFN32 package version. Table 209: RF receiver characteristics Symbol Parameter Test conditions Min. Typ. RXSENS Sensitivity BER